Written Answers to Questions
The following answers were received between Friday 27 July and Friday 31 August 2007
Foreign and Commonwealth Office
Bangladesh: Politicians
We are aware that following her recent arrest, former Prime Minister Sheikh Hasina has been formally charged with extortion by police in Dhaka, and that she remains in detention in a “sub-jail”. The case is now within the judicial system of Bangladesh. We trust that, consistent with Bangladesh’s international human rights obligations, legal proceedings against Sheikh Hasina will respect the full range of her human rights.
Burma: Human Rights
We receive regular reports about human rights abuses in Burma, including the statement issued on 29 June by the International Committee of the Red Cross drawing attention to the Burmese regime’s persistent violations of international humanitarian law.
We agree that the human rights situation in Burma remains grave. Serious abuses continue to be committed, particularly in areas of armed conflict. The Burmese people do not enjoy the most basic of human rights, including the right to the freedom of speech and association, democracy, good governance and the rule of law.
We continue to work with our European and international partners, as well as through the UN and International Labour Organisation, to press the regime to end the human rights violations and to engage in a genuine process of national reconciliation involving all relevant parties and groups in Burma. On 27 July my hon. Friend the Under-Secretary of State for Foreign and Commonwealth Affairs (Meg Munn), discussed the situation with UN Special Adviser Ibrahim Gambari, within the context of the UN Secretary-General’s good offices mandate on Burma.
We take every opportunity to raise human rights issues with the regime and remind them of their obligations to adhere to international human rights law, most recently when our ambassador in Rangoon met the Burmese Deputy Foreign Minister and the Ministers of Planning and Health on 12-13 June.
Departments: Press
The total amount spent on publications for the last financial year, ending March 2007, was £1,410,027.68. This covers expenditure on newspapers, magazines and journals and also includes expenditure on press cuttings. Although it is not possible to identify the expenditure on newspapers and magazines alone without incurring disproportionate cost, the amount spent on publications has fallen significantly over the past 10 years. In the financial years 1997-2001 the average yearly spend on publications was £2,327,661.
Departments: Redundancy Pay
The Foreign and Commonwealth Office did not make any compulsory redundancy payments in the last 12 months. It is our policy to do all we can to avoid compulsory redundancies.
Departments: Taxis
The Foreign and Commonwealth Office has two contracts with taxi/minicab firms to provide a 24-hour taxi service for staff in London, and to provide a taxi service between Milton Keynes and Hanslope Park, and taxi services for Hanslope Park-based staff for airport journeys.
The out of hours use of the London taxi contract is primarily for those staff called out for emergency work in the crisis centre or other ‘on call’ operational activities.
All travel is undertaken in accordance with the Civil Service Management Code and the Ministerial Code.
The amount spent on taxis for financial year 2006-07 is as follows:
£ Hanslope Park taxi contract 161,708.19 London taxi contract 443,372.48
Ethiopia: Human Rights
We have made numerous representations to the Government of Ethiopia over the imprisonment of all opposition political leaders, including Mesfin Woldermariam, including at ministerial level and with EU partners. We urged the Ethiopian government to ensure that the trial for those detained was swift, transparent and fair, and that their individual human rights were respected.
I am delighted that Mesfin Woldermariam was one of those pardoned by the President of Ethiopia and released on 20 July.
Israel: Asylum
My right hon. Friend the Foreign Secretary has made no such representations. As long as Israel acts within its obligations under international refugee law, this matter is for the Israeli Government.
We have no plans to make representations to the Government of Sudan on behalf of the Eritrean refugees threatened with forcible return from Khartoum.
However, we want refugees to be afforded protection and treated equitably in their countries of refuge according to International Human Rights law. We work towards this objective through our substantial support to the UN High Commissioner for Refugees.
Lebanon: Peace Keeping Operations
The UN Secretary-General reports to the Security Council on a quarterly basis on the implementation of UN Security Council Resolution (UNSCR) 1701. The last two reports, produced in March and June, cover the period of the last six months. The UK continues to support full implementation of UNSCR 1701.
These reports describe several incidents along the Blue Line separating Israel and Lebanon. On 17 June several Katuysha Rockets were fired from Lebanon towards northern Israel, in violation of UNSCR 1701. Two of these rockets landed in the Israeli town of Kiryat Shemona. It is not known who was responsible for this attack.
The Secretary-General’s reports also note the activities of militant groups in south Lebanon. Most significantly six Spanish soldiers serving with the UN Interim Force in Lebanon (UNIFIL) were killed by a roadside bomb on 24 June. It is not known who was responsible for this attack. The Secretary-General’s report also confirms that there is no evidence of Hezbollah military activity in the UNIFIL area of operations.
We have received no reports from the UN of Hezbollah or Lebanese army activity in the Sheba’a Farms in the last six months.
I have arranged for copies of both of the most recent Secretary-General’s reports on UNSCR 1701 to be placed in the Library of the House.
The UN Secretary-General reports to the Security Council on a quarterly basis on the implementation of UN Security Council Resolution (UNSCR) 1701. The last two reports, produced in March and June, cover the period of the last six months. The UK continues to support full implementation of UNSCR 1701 and is working with the Governments of Lebanon and Israel towards this.
In these reports the Secretary-General reported that Israel has continued regular overflights of Lebanese territory with both manned and unmanned aircraft. The number of these overflights reduced in early 2007, but has risen again recently. These flights occur on an almost daily basis with up to 32 overflights occurring on some days.
The Secretary-General also reported several breaches of the Blue Line that separates Israel and Lebanon. The most serious of these occurred in February when Israeli and Lebanese forces exchanged fire across the Blue Line during an Israeli incursion into Lebanon. Another incursion occurred on 28 May when Israeli vehicles also moved 60 metres into Lebanon. The Israeli Defence Forces (IDF) claim that this incursion was unintentional. Nevertheless there has been some progress on co-operation between the IDF, the UN Interim Force in Lebanon and the Lebanese army through the tripartite mechanism. This co-operation is aimed at minimising breaches of the Blue Line.
The reports do not record in detail instances of IDF activity in the Sheba’a farms area. The IDF did arrest some hunters who had strayed into this area, although they were subsequently released.
I have arranged for copies of the both of the most recent Secretary-General’s reports on UNSCR 1701 to be placed in the Library of the House.
Nuclear Non-Proliferation Treaty
The Government are committed to making farther progress on the non-proliferation proposals set out by my right hon. Friend the then Foreign Secretary (Margaret Beckett) in her speech in Washington on 25 June. Over the past two months British diplomatic missions have brought these proposals to the attention of a wide range of senior contacts and opinion-formers inside and outside government around the world and encouraged media coverage. Planning and preparatory work on a practical delivery strategy through to the Nuclear Non-Proliferation Treaty 2010 Review Conference is being taken forward by officials.
My hon. Friend the Parliamentary Under-Secretary of State for Foreign and Commonwealth Affairs (Meg Munn) spoke on these issues in the House on 24 July 2007, Official Report, columns 196-201WH.
Russia: Extradition
I have been asked to reply.
As a matter of longstanding policy and practice the UK will neither confirm nor deny the existence of any extradition request made or received by this country ahead of arrest pursuant to the extradition request.
Two Russian citizens have been arrested whose extradition has been requested by the Russian Federation and their cases are currently under consideration. Neither of the subjects of the requests has British citizenship. Because the applications are under consideration, no responses have yet been given.
Sudan: Peace Negotiations
We welcome the stability brought by the East Sudan Peace Agreement (ESPA) of 14 October 2006 between the Government of Sudan and the Eastern Front. We urge both sides to speed up implementation to ensure lasting peace and security in eastern Sudan.
Although some of the deadlines in Appendix A of the ESP A have been missed, implementation is now progressing. The Government of Sudan has appointed Eastern Front representatives as Assistant to the President, Presidential Adviser and Minister of State, who should take up their positions shortly. In June 2006, eight government members of the National Parliament resigned to make way for the Eastern Front Members of Parliament. Eastern Front representatives have also been appointed to state government.
The State of Emergency in eastern Sudan has been lifted and the cease-fire holds. About 3,500 Eritrea-based Eastern Front troops have returned to eastern Sudan since June and registration to integrate 1,200-1,500 Eastern Front troops into the Sudanese armed forces and police is well under way. The UN Development Programme is working closely on this with the Government of Sudan on the disarmament, demobilisation and reintegration of all other Eastern Front troops.
The UK provides funding to the National Multi Donor Trust Fund for Sudan, which funds development activities in eastern Sudan, one of the poorest parts of the country.
International Development
Departments: Disabled
Declaration of a disability is voluntary.
At the end of June 2007 there were 1,772 Home Civil Service staff employed in DFID. Of these 52 have declared a disability. This represents 2.9 per cent. of the total. Information on disability is published in DFID’s Annual Diversity Report 2006-07.
DFID is responsible for 21 appointments to two non departmental public bodies: the Commonwealth Scholarship Commission and the Crown Agents Holding and Realisation Board. None of the appointees consider themselves to have a disability.
Departments: Dismissal
All three dismissals were on the grounds of poor performance, following the DFID performance appraisal process at that time and in line with the terms of their contracts. In all cases, DFID sought legal advice before the decision to dismiss.
Since 1 October 2004, all our employees are governed by the statutory dismissal, discipline and grievance procedures introduced under the Employment Act (Dispute Resolution) Regulations 2004.
Departments: Flint Bishop Solicitors
Since 1997, DFID has no record of having made any payments to Flint Bishop Solicitors.
Departments: Flowers
Occasionally DFID may incur expenditure on flowers as part of our fees for a conference or event however we cannot disaggregate these costs from total spend without incurring disproportionate cost.
Departments: Ministerial Red Boxes
Ministerial boxes are used by successive Ministers over many years. Information requested by the hon. Member is available for the year 2006. Two ministerial boxes were purchased directly from Barrow and Gale in 2006. There is no current long term contract in place.
Details of costs are as follows:
2006 Number of ministerial boxes 2 Total cost £1,346.55
Departments: Press
During the period July 2006 to July 2007 DFID recorded spend of £64,367 on newspapers and magazines. This includes the costs of subscriptions centrally funded in our Headquarters offices. Within DFID, individual departments and overseas offices may on occasion subscribe to relevant publications. To identify all non-centrally funded costs within our current systems would incur disproportionate cost.
Departments: Publications
The current stocks of ‘polybags’ used for posting out individual copies of Developments magazine are not biodegradable. These polybags are ordered in bulk and, at the time of ordering, a biodegradable alternative was ruled out due to high cost and short shelf-life.
The current stock will be used until it runs out and is expected to cover the next one and a half mailings. The next order of ‘polybags’ will be made with a new supplier who can provide a suitable biodegradable alternative. These will be used to complete the mailing of Developments magazine due out at the end of this year and for all subsequent issues.
Departments: Training
Individual departments within DFID plan and manage development away days and team building exercises for their staff in accordance with their specific needs in the context of business planning, continual professional development and performance improvement. Costs are usually met through delegated divisional or departmental training budgets.
DFID does not separately record its expenditure on staff away days, and therefore is unable to provide the breakdown requested without incurring disproportionate costs.
Mr. Howard Horsley
DFID’s records show that Mr. Horsley made representations on attempted corruption in a letter of 7 July 1999. Separately, but within the same letter, he raised unrelated concerns on the conduct of a colleague. He later made further non corruption related representations calling for that colleague to be the subject of a disciplinary investigation in correspondence on 14 October and 12 November 1999.
DFID maintained a dialogue with Mr. Horsley throughout the period he was employed in Ghana. In the years since his dismissal Mr. Horsley has put forward a series of concerns which have been reviewed by DFID and independently by Cabinet Secretaries and the National Audit Office. All parties across Whitehall have been satisfied that DFID acted correctly in relation to Mr. Horsley’s dismissal and found no evidence of financial impropriety and DFID’s position has been upheld.
Republic of Congo: Oil
(2) what representations he has received on the management of oil revenues in the Republic of Congo (Brazzaville);
(3) what representations he has received on the involvement of Denis Christel Sassou-Nguesso in the management of oil revenues in the Republic of Congo (Brazzaville);
(4) what assessment he has made of the extent of corruption within the Congolese (Brazzaville) oil sector;
(5) what recent discussions he has had with (a) the International Monetary Fund, (b) his counterparts at the EU and (c) the government of the Republic of Congo (Brazzaville) about management of oil revenues.
DFID has not made its own assessments of the management of oil revenues or the extent of corruption within the oil sector. It relies on the assessment of the IMF and World Bank, for reasons of efficiency and the avoidance of duplication. Their latest assessment of progress in improving oil sector governance and reducing corruption indicates progress on increasing transparency has been slow. The World Bank is providing technical assistance to ensure that there are no capacity constraints preventing the Congolese authorities from implementing the necessary transparency reforms.
The UK discusses governance issues and the need for increased transparency in the oil sector with the Congolese government in conjunction with European partners and through the World Bank and IMF. The IMF missions to Brazzaville (October 2006 and May 2007) met with the President, Prime Minister, Planning and Finance Ministers, Central Bank Director and other senior officials, representatives of the donor community and civil society. We continue to urge for greater political support for improvements in accountability, and have argued strongly that oil revenue windfalls should be directed to activities which support poverty reduction.
DFID has not received any recent representations on the management of oil revenues in the Republic of Congo, nor of Mr. Sassou-Nguesso’s involvement.
Business, Enterprise and Regulatory Reform
Post Offices: Closures
I have been asked to reply.
On 17 May my right hon. Friend the Secretary of State announced the Government’s response to public consultation on the Post Office network.
Now that the Government have announced their decisions it will be for Post Office Ltd. to strategically develop the network through 50 to 60 local area implementation plans over the next 18 months.
Following initial input from sub-postmasters, Postwatch and local authorities these plans will include closure proposals which will then be put to local consultations ahead of final decisions.
Stuffed Shirt Company: Insolvency
The only company that has been registered at Companies House with the name The Stuffed Shirt Company Limited was placed in creditors' voluntary liquidation in 1998. In 2001 the company was dissolved which means that it lies outside the scope of the investigation powers exercised by my Department's Companies Investigations Branch. If the hon. Member is referring to a more recent company, I would invite him to write to me so that I can consider his request more fully.
Duchy of Lancaster
Depleted Uranium: Iraq
I have been asked to reply.
Research into the effects of depleted uranium (DU) specifically on the population of Iraq is primarily the responsibility of the Government of Iraq. However, the scientific literature already contains a substantial number of reports which indicate that DU has not had, and is very unlikely to have, any significant impact on the population.
As announced in the House on 20 July 2005, Official Report, column 1755W, and 23 January 2006, Official Report, column 1713W, we will provide help and advice to assist the Government of Iraq and other authorities such as the United Nations Environmental Programme (UNEP) in any further research they may undertake. MOD has provided information on its use of DU munitions and on its monitoring in Iraq in 2003. MOD officials attended a UNEP seminar at which DU matters, including environmental monitoring and sampling techniques, were discussed with Iraqi scientists. More recently, MOD provided Iraqi scientists with protective equipment to carry out DU contamination surveys and with information on the composition of the DU used in UK munitions.
Olympic Games: Firearms
Representations about venues will be received by the London Organising Committee of the Olympic Games and Paralympic Games (LOCOG).
The Royal Artillery Barracks at Woolwich was agreed as the venue for shooting events after the International Olympic Committee (IOC) gave feedback on the accessibility, athlete experience and proximity to the Olympic park on the venue portfolio submitted by London 2012 as an applicant city in 2004. The International Shooting Sport Federation (ISSF) supported the choice of venue.
Woolwich was chosen as it offers a venue close to the Olympic park and provides good accessibility.
Olympic Games: Greater London
[holding answer 23 July 2007]: The London Organising Committee of the Olympic and Paralympic Games (LOCOG) is responsible for each of the 2012 games venues during games time. As part of their preparation, they are currently developing detailed ‘overlay’ plans for each venue.
The Candidate File identifies capacity at Greenwich park as 23,000 for the main arena. LOCOG have now appointed a course designer and further detailed work is being undertaken to identify the optimum layout of Greenwich park as a whole, and the siting of the arena and competition courses. This work also takes into consideration health and safety, security, operational requirements and the ecology of Greenwich Park. Until this work is complete, exact spectator numbers, including people walking the course, cannot be given.
Departmental officials took the minutes of the cost review group meetings. However, they did not compile the information given by KPMG at these meetings into a report or presentation document.
The cost review group presented the savings they identified in the form of oral presentation and updates to financial estimates.
The savings identified were incorporated into the Olympic park masterplan announced on 7 June 2006, and continuing work on the development of the funding package which I announced to the House on 15 March.
The cost review culminated in the statement I made to the House on 15 March 2007.
In October 2005 the Department commissioned KPMG to provide advice on the cost of the Olympic games.
KPMG also provided advice under contract to the then interim Olympic Delivery Authority and later the Olympic Delivery Authority. KPMG provided advice on venues in partnership with Davis Langdon LLP, and on infrastructure in partnership with Faithful and Gould. Further details are set out in paragraphs 40-41 of the National Audit Office's report ‘The budget for the London 2012 Olympic and Paralympic Games’ published on 20 July 2007.
Culture, Media and Sport
British Film Institute: National Film Theatre
The British Film Institute will continue to support and enhance film culture and education across the UK. In 2007-08, they will receive £16 million of grant in aid funding. Since 1998, they have received £162 million.
The recently redeveloped BFI Southbank, which houses the National Film Theatre, is a focal point for this work. It provides a platform for the BFI to show a diverse range of films to a wide audience; to offer pioneering access to the BFI National Archive; and to engage new audiences with an expanded programme of education and learning.
Buckingham Palace: Repairs and Maintenance
The Department for Culture, Media and Sport provides the Royal Household with an annual £15 million grant for property maintenance of the Occupied Royal Palaces in England. It is the responsibility of the Royal Household to decide how these funds are allocated.
The Department has not received any specific requests from the Royal Household for refurbishment or building work to Royal premises, as the Royal Household are responsible for prioritising projects and deciding how the annual £15 million grant is allocated.
Departments: Air Conditioning
The Department for Culture, Media and Sport and the Royal Parks Agency have not incurred any expenditure on the hire of mobile air conditioning units in the last five years.
Departments: Aviation
The departmental expenditure on first class flights was £65,404 and £201,110 for business class flights in the last financial year as recorded by the Department’s contracted travel agent. This amount excludes occasional travel booked directly which can be identified only at disproportionate cost.
Regarding Ministers’ visits overseas, since 1999 the Government have published, on an annual basis, a list of all overseas visits by Cabinet Ministers costing in excess of £500, as well as the total cost of all ministerial travel overseas. Copies of the lists are available in the libraries of the House. Information for 2006-07 was published on 25 July 2007.
All travel is undertaken in accordance with the Civil Service Management Code, the Ministerial Code and Travel by Ministers.
Departments: Disabled
DCMS is a very small Department with 527 staff. As a Department we do monitor across the equality strands and 3 per cent. of staff have declared a disability.
DCMS’s agency Royal Parks Agency employ just fewer than 100 staff, with 1 per cent. of their staff having declared a disability.
DCMS is committed to ensuring equal opportunities for all and as a Department we endeavour to offer employment appointments to disabled people. In recognition of this, we have been accredited with the “Positive About Disabled People—Two Ticks Symbol” following an assessment made by Jobcentre Plus.
As part of our on-going commitment, we ensure that we monitor and evaluate our recruitment and retention procedures, by consulting staff on a range of disability issues, and by ensuring reasonable adjustments to our working environment are made.
Departments: Flowers
In the 12 months up to 26 July 2007 the Department for Culture, Media and Sport spent £4,675 on flowers.
Departments: Legislation
All of the Acts introduced by the Secretary of State for Culture, Media and Sport in the last 10 years have been brought into force. However, not all of the enactments contained in those Acts have been brought into force. These are as follows:
The Communications Act 2003—sections 272 to 275 (“must offer” obligations affecting public service television) and sections 299 to 302 (sporting and other events of national interest).
The Licensing Act 2003—two consequential amendments in schedule 6—paragraphs 98 and 99(c), which by reason of the drafting do not achieve the intended effect.
The Horserace Betting and Olympic Lottery Act 2004—various enactments are not in force mainly relating to the sale of the Tote and the Horserace Betting Levy system.
The Gambling Act 2005—a substantial number of the enactments have been brought into force and the intention is to bring into force the vast majority of the remaining provisions on 1 September 2007.
The National Lottery Act 2006—section 5 which concerns annual fees and some provisions relating to the Channel Islands.
The London Olympic Games and Paralympic Games Act 2006—sections 13 to 16 which relate to the regulation of transport during the games and section 39(1) and paragraph 13 of schedule 3 which amend legislation repealed since the passing of the Act.
Section 180 of the Gambling Act 2005 is a sunset clause and provides that the section which concerns pool betting on dog races shall cease to have effect on 31 December 2012.
Sections 10 to 18 of the London Olympic Games and Paralympic Games Act 2006 will cease to have effect at the end of the “London Olympic period”, that is after the fifth day after the closing ceremony of the Paralympic games 2012. Those sections relate to transport, and among other things, they provide for the making and implementation of the Olympic Transport Plan. Section 33 and schedule 4 of the same Act will cease to have effect after 31 December 2012. Those provisions create the London Olympics and Paralympics association rights—intellectual property rights that prevent unauthorised associations with the London games.
The appropriateness of a sunset clause for the whole or part of any proposed legislation is considered on a case-by-case basis. It is also addressed when a regulatory impact assessment relating to legislation is being prepared.
Departments: Manpower
The Department for Culture, Media and Sport has not appointed anyone outside civil service grades in the last 30 days.
The Department for Culture, Media and Sport employs 13 press officers.
Departments: Pay
Such information as is available is shown in the following table and includes the percentage of the total pay bill for each year:
Number of bonuses Total cost (£) Percentage of total pay bill 2003-04 28 79,372 0.42 2004-05 27 81,950 0.41 2005-06 37 122,816 0.55 2006-07 27 139,750 0.59
The Department for Culture, Media and Sport and its agency the Royal Parks makes bonus payments to its staff for two purposes: (a) special bonuses to reward outstanding contributions in particularly demanding tasks or situations, and (b) performance bonuses to reward highly successful performance over a whole year.
The Department makes bonus payments to its staff for two purposes:
(a) special bonuses to reward outstanding contributions in particularly demanding tasks or situations; and
(b) performance bonuses to reward highly successful performance over a whole year.
The table shows the total of all bonuses paid and the percentage of the overall pay bill that these amounts represent.
Number of bonuses paid Total bonus cost (£) Percentage of total pay bill 2003-04 215 206,643 0.90 2004-05 172 215,285 0.94 2005-06 240 347,241 1.29
Departments: Press
The Department for Culture, Media and Sport spent £57,531 on newspapers and magazines in the last 12 months.
The Department for Culture, Media and Sport subscribes to the following periodicals:
A-N magazine
Accountancy
AI: Arts Industry
AJ specification
AJ the architects’ journal
Antiques trade gazette
Apollo: the international magazine of the arts
Architectural review
Ariel
Art antiquity and law
Art loss review
Art monthly
Art newspaper: international edition
Art Quarterly
Art Review
Arts professional
Arts research digest
Athletics weekly
Attractions management
Audience: for the international contemporary live music industry
Billboard
Blueprint
Bookseller
British archaeology
The British art journal
British journal of photography
Broadcast
Building design
Building
Burlington magazine
The Business
Cable and satellite Europe
Campaign
Caterer and hotelkeeper
Champs-Elysees (French language magazine and audio CD)
The channel
Children now
Cinema business
Civic focus
Club mirror
Coaching at work
Coin slot international
Complaints report/Press Complaints Commission
Conservation Bulletin
Construction news
Contemporary visual arts
Cordis Focus
Country life
Countryside focus: the newspaper for the Countryside Agency
Crafts: the decorative and applied arts magazine
Creative review
Cultural trends
Current archaeology
Current world archaeology
Drapers
Eastern eye
The econometrics journal
The economic journal: the journal of the Royal
The Economist
EIPASCOPE bulletin
Emergency services times.
Employment law bulletin
En passant
Equal opportunities review
European voice: an independent view of the Union
External funding bulletin
Forbes
Frieze
Gaming law review
Georgian Group journal
The Georgian: the magazine of the Georgian Group
Gig
Government computing
Green futures: the magazine of Forum for the Future
Hackney gazette
The hospitality review
Hotel report
The House magazine
House of Commons weekly information bulletin
Icon
IGWB: International gaming and wagering business magazine
Information world review
Inside housing
Insights
International gambling studies
International journal of arts management
International journal of cultural property
International journal of nautical archaeology
Interpretation: journal of the Association for Heritage
Investors chronicle
IRS employment review
Jazz UK
JC: Jewish chronicle
Journal of cultural economics
Journal of gambling studies
Journal of sports economics
Judicial review
La Fleur’s magazine
Leisure management
Leisure opportunities
LGC: local government chronicle
Literacy today
LGE: local government executive
Local government first
Local transport today
Mailout
Managing information
Marketing week
MCV: the magazine for the interactive entertainment
Media week
The MJ: the management journal for local authority business
Mojo
Morning advertiser
Museum practice
Museums journal
Music Teacher
Music week
The National Trust magazine
New law journal
New media age
New media markets
New nation
New statesman
Newham recorder
OAG executive flight guide: Europe, Africa, Middle East
OAG flight guide supplement: worldwide
OAG rail guide
Parliamentary monitor
Planning (incorporating Planning week)
Portfolio
PR week
Press gazette
Printmaking today
Private eye
Prospect
Public finance
Public law
Public servant
The Publican newspaper
Public
Quarterly building price and cost indices: public sector construction works
Radio magazine
Radio times
Regeneration and renewal
Revolution
RFID journal
School sport
SCONUL focus
Screen digest
Screen finance
Screen international
The searcher
Sight and sound
The Spectator
Sport business international: the international magazine for the business of sport
The Stage
The Stationery Office (TSO) weekly list
Tate: the art magazine
TBI Television Business International
Television
TES: the Times educational supplement
Theatres: the magazine of the Theatres Trust
Third sector
Time out
The Times higher education supplement
TJ: training journal
Travel GBI
Travel weekly
Treasure hunting
Tribune
TTG UK (Travel trade gazette UK)
TV international: newsletter of the worldwide television, cable and satellite industry
TV sports markets
UK Youth
VAN briefing: the voice of the voluntary arts
VAN update: the voice of the voluntary arts
Variety
The Victorian
Vogue
The voice
The Week: all you need to know about everything that
The weekly law reports
What satellite and digital TV
When Saturday conies
Which?
Whitehall and Westminster world
Wired
World online gambling law report
Yorkshire Post
Departments: Recruitment
The Department for Culture, Media and Sport has paid the following amounts to recruitment agencies in each year since 1997:
For temporary staff For permanent staff 1997-98 276,618.91 — 1998-99 482,465.39 — 1999-2000 456,230.03 — 2000-01 386,498.94 — 2001-02 409,743.71 — 2002-03 512,869.85 — 2003-04 451,750.43 — 2004-05 496,585.32 — 2005-06 1,147,515.64 25,525.51 2006-07 1,671,993.81 222,865.61
The amounts paid to agencies for temporary staff are inclusive of their service charges and the salary costs of the staff supplied.
The significant increase in the level of fees paid to agencies in the last two years is largely attributed to the need to bring in additional resources quickly to staff up the Department’s team working on the Olympics 2012 programme following London’s successful bid. Now that permanent staff have been recruited or transferred into the team, agencies fees are expected to fall back to levels paid previously in the years prior to 2005-06.
Departments: Redundancy Pay
The Department for Culture, Media and Sport has spent £100,475 in the last 12 months on redundancy payments.
Departments: Taxis
All official travel is undertaken in accordance with the rules contained in the Department’s staff handbook, and consistent with the Civil Service Management Code and the Ministerial Code. For the financial year 2006-07 £33,907.44 is the recorded spend on taxi fares. It represents expenditure on taxis provided by the Department’s contract agent, black cabs and taxis in London and elsewhere.
Departments: Training
No separate record is held of the amount spent on staff away days in the Department for Culture, Media and Sport in the last 12 months. The information requested could be obtained only at disproportionate cost.
In the Department for Culture, Media and Sport we spent £601,689 on staff training during the last 12 months. We are unable to provide information on communications training as we do not categories information on spend in a way which would enable us to identify expenditure on communications training.
Departments: Tribunals
The Department for Culture, Media and Sport has not spent anything on industrial tribunals in the last 12 months.
Flags: Local Authorities
Local authorities are already able to fly the Union flag on a daily basis from municipal buildings; it is a matter for them to decide. However, as some choose to follow Government guidance, we have updated the flag flying section of the DCMS website (www.culture.gov.uk/flagflying) and informed the Local Government Association. This follows the announcement by the Secretary of State for Culture, Media and Sport allowing all UK Government Departments to have the freedom to fly the Union flag when they wish while the Department carry out a consultation on altering the flag flying guidance.
Hotels: Cornwall
Statistics on the number of hotels by region are not collected centrally.
South West Tourism’s figures show that there were 354 hotels in Cornwall in 1998—the nearest year to 1997 for which for figures are available. However, there were 1,316 businesses classified as serviced visitor accommodation. Businesses are so defined when they provide food and other services to their guests. As such, the total of 1,316 includes guest houses and bed and breakfasts, but excludes self-catering establishments and holiday parks. South West Tourism defined a “hotel” as a business which offers certain services to guests (including a restaurant offering full meals) which are not offered by guest houses and similar establishments.
There were 290 hotels in Cornwall in 2006 out of a total of 1,190 serviced visitor accommodation businesses, deferred on the same basis.
Museums and Galleries
Future funding for the Renaissance in the Regions Programme and all other departmental expenditure is under consideration in the context of the comprehensive spending review.
Olympic Games: Greater London
I have been asked to reply as Minister for the Olympics.
Agendas were drawn up for two of the meetings on the dates listed in my previous response and I am arranging for these to be placed in the House Library.
The meeting scheduled for 9 March 2006 did not take place. The minutes for the other meetings will not be placed in the House Library as they are being used to inform the development of our ongoing policy for managing the Olympic project.
Tourism: Yorkshire and Humberside
The regional development agency for Yorkshire and the Humber, Yorkshire Forward, provided the Yorkshire Tourist Board with approximately £3 million per annum between 2005-06 and 2007-08.
In addition, Yorkshire Forward has provided the York Tourism Bureau with financial support through the York and North Yorkshire sub-regional investment plan process. This equates to a one third share of £2 million for the period up to 2008-09.
For the figures for previous years, I refer my hon. Friend to the answers given to him on 21 October 2004, Official Report, column 823W, and 5 April 2005, Official Report, column 1328W, by my right hon. Friend the Member for Sheffield, Central (Mr. Caborn).
VisitBritain: Finance
The annual grant in aid paid by DCMS to VisitBritain at current prices was as follows:
£ million 1997-98 44.7 1998-99 45.7 1999-2000 47.8 2000-01 48.0 2001-02 45.1 2002-03 47.1 2003-04 47.9 2004-05 48.4 2005-06 49.05 2006-07 50.05 2007-08 (projected) 50.05
Defence
Afghanistan: Peace Keeping Operations
The term “thermobaric” has no agreed definition and is not used by the MOD. As with all military deployments, we keep our force levels and equipment requirements in Afghanistan under constant review.
I refer the hon. Member to the answer I gave on 16 July 2007, Official Report, column 17, to the hon. Member for Clwyd, West (Mr. Jones).
I refer the hon. Member to the reply given by my predecessor on 26 March 2007, Official Report, column 1353W.
Air Force: Horses
The Royal Air Force has not spent any funds on purchasing or, maintaining horses and ponies for polo in the last 12 months. However, service personnel are entitled to payment from public funds for towing a horse box containing their own horses and ponies for authorised official fixtures in accordance with Tri Service Regulations for Allowances. Information on costs relating to such activities is not separately identifiable.
Alison Croft
The Board of Inquiry into the death of Private Croft made nine recommendations to reduce the likelihood of such an incident occurring in the future, namely:
better communication between key personnel in the welfare chain and guidance on when to break the “in confidence” barrier;
provide continuous medical cover at Dalton Barracks to replace ad hoc services;
employment of a military Practice Manager, if a doctor cannot work on a full time basis;
increase the minimum number of padres employed at Dalton Barracks to two;
provide better guidance and training on At Risk Registers;
“flagging” personnel joining units from Phase 1 and 2 training with significant medical histories to the medical and military chain of command;
issue regular guidance to units on dealing with harassment, bullying or intimidation;
improve induction procedures to ensure new arrivals have clear understanding of welfare support available to them;
provide better training on the prevention of suicide at unit and sub unit level.
All the recommendations have been implemented.
The Ministry of Defence always gives careful consideration to the comments made by the Coroner following the conclusion of an Inquest involving Service personnel. In the case of Private Croft, the Coroner did not make any specific comments on further action required.
Armed Forces: Defence Equipment
Our priority is to ensure that the armed forces are well-equipped for operations and operational commanders may request additional equipment through the chain of command at any time.
Outside operations, priority is given to equipping units for pre-Deployment Training. Other training and activities are given lower priority. In some cases the training requirement will exceed the number of items available at a given point in time. These shortfalls in equipment are addressed by the implementation of a range of measures, including the acceleration of the deep maintenance programme and the transfer of equipment between units, to ensure that the priority needs, such as pre-deployment training are met.
Armed Forces: Doctors
I have assumed that the Member is referring to "military prisoners" in the widest sense, i.e. all persons detained by the UK armed forces, rather than simply Service personnel detained in the Military Corrective Training Centre at Colchester or by their unit. The same principles apply to medical examinations regardless of the specific status and location of the detainee.
Military doctors charged with the medical care of prisoners and detainees are required to follow MOD policy directives based on medical ethics as advised by the General Medical Council, UK law and, where relevant, United Nations declarations and international law, including the Geneva Conventions. Initial military training courses for Service doctors cover the medical support to be provided to persons detained by UK forces whilst deployed on operations.
Any failure to comply can result in various sanctions depending upon the nature of the offence, ranging from internal disciplinary measures to investigation by the GMC or criminal prosecution.
We review our policy and training in this area when appropriate.
Armed Forces: Explosives
For reasons of operational security I will not disclose whether there have or have not been requests for specific capabilities. All requirements are kept under constant review. We regularly receive and action requests for a wide range of equipment capabilities from operational theatres. Some of these we can address through existing resources; other emerging requirements are met through the urgent operational requirement process.
Armed Forces: Health Services
Every patient is treated on an individual basis. The phrase “patient care pathway” is used by Defence Medical Services to refer to the totality of treatment any injured or sick individual receives, from point of injury or presenting for treatment to discharge from medical care and will clearly vary enormously depending on the injury or illness. Some ailments will be treated almost immediately, while others, such as a serious wounding, can take many months before the patient is fully recovered or an operational medical outcome is achieved. Any attempt to provide an “average” time spent on the “care pathway” would be meaningless.
Armed Forces: Housing
Service Families Accommodation (SFA) in Cyprus, Gibraltar and Germany is assessed by Grade for Charge rather than Standard for Condition.
Grade for charge is broken down by amenities and location with Grade 1 close to all amenities. Standard for Condition relates to the physical condition of the property.
The total number of SFA by Grade is as follows:
Grade 1 Grade 2 Grade 3 Grade 4 Total Cyprus 286 345 134 1,427 2,192 Gibraltar 107 32 82 280 501 Germany 2,101 5,376 4,707 982 13,166
Single Living Accommodation (SLA) in Cyprus and Gibraltar and Germany is assessed by Grade for Charge rather than Standard for Condition.
Grade for charge is broken down by amenities and location with Grade 1 close to all amenities. Standard for Condition relates to the physical condition of the property.
As at April 2007, the total number of SLA in each location at each grade is as follows:
Grade 1 Grade 2 Grade 3 Grade 4 Total Cyprus 60 0 423 2,789 3,272 Gibraltar 6 90 0 462 558 Germany 1,643 1,307 3,445 9,751 16,146
For SLA in Cyprus proposed improvements programme will provide 650 bed spaces after 2008. The remaining SLA in Cyprus is transit accommodation for operational deployments.
111 bed spaces are to be upgraded in Gibraltar.
Germany SLA, 374 bed spaces are to be upgraded.
Records for eviction orders are only available from November 2000.
Applications for eviction orders in England and Wales, are shown as follows.
Number of eviction orders 2000 (from November) 11 2001 143 2002 105 2003 76 2004 110 2005 102 2006 62 2007 (to 16 July) 45
Service personnel who lose their entitlement to Service Families Accommodation (SFA) can be served eviction orders and are included in these figures. Personnel can lose entitlement due to leaving the services or following a breakdown of the marriage. Few eviction orders actually lead to the occupant having to be forcibly evicted from their SFA.
Records of evictions from Scotland, Northern Ireland and overseas SFA are not held centrally and will take time to collate. I will write to the hon. Member and place a copy of my letter in the Library of the House.
This information is not held centrally and therefore could be provided only at disproportionate cost.
(2) how much was spent on (a) the purchase of made to order parts for boilers in Service Families and Single Living Accommodation and (b) the installation of made to order parts for such boilers in each year since 2005.
This information is not held centrally and therefore could be provided only at disproportionate cost.
Service Families Accommodation in Great Britain is provided on a Tri-Service basis and it is not possible to identify costs relating solely to the Army or to provide a breakdown by rank. Of the £81 million spent on service housing in 2006-07, it is estimated that about 50 per cent. would relate to Army personnel.
Armed Forces: Training
In January this year the Metrix Consortium were declared the Preferred Bidder for Package 1 of the DTR Programme, but in view of significant remaining affordability challenges, only provisional Preferred Bidder for Package 2. Since then we have been exploring with the Bidder possible synergies and economies of scale across the whole programme.
Significant work has been completed, but has not yet been concluded. Once it is, I expect to make a statement later this year.
All members of Her Majesty’s armed forces must comply with the Law of Armed Conflict (LOAC), including in the handling and treatment of detainees. The United Kingdom is required by international law to ensure that instruction on LOAC is included in training programmes for the armed forces.
Instruction on LOAC takes place during Phase 1 and Phase 2 training for all Service personnel. Thereafter, Service personnel receive further training at a level and frequency appropriate for their rank, responsibility and force readiness status.
Mandatory LOAC training is included in pre-deployment training for all Service personnel. In addition, Service personnel who deploy receive a presentation on theatre-specific guidance and instruction as part on their initial orientation package and a subsequent practical test.
For those units who have been detailed to provide a guard service at the Divisional Internment Facility in Iraq, additional specialist training is provided by staff from the Military Corrective Training Centre and HQ Provost Marshall (Army).
Armoured Fighting Vehicles
[holding answer 10 July 2007]: The Assessment Phase of the Future Rapid Effect System programme was approved in April 2004. Expenditure on this phase up to 31 March 2007 was £101 million (including value added tax).
This covers the Technology Demonstrator Programmes, which examined candidate technologies (see following table). Additionally it covers the cost of the supporting programme of analysis and technical expertise provided by the Atkins Defence in the Systems House role and Defence Science and Technology Laboratories. It also covers the cost of specialist support to the MOD.
A total of nine TDP contracts have been placed. They are:
Title Contractor 1 Stowage and Capacity Dstl 2 Hard Kill Defensive Aid System Akers Krutbruk 3 Chassis Concept TDP (AHED) General Dynamics UK Ltd. 4 Chassis Concept TDP2 (SEP) BAES Land Systems 5 Electronic Architecture TDP 1 Lockheed Martin UK Ltd. 6 Electronic Architecture TDP 2 Thales UK Ltd. 7 Electric Armour Lockheed Martin UK INSYS Ltd. 8 Integrated Survivability Thales UK Ltd. 9 Gap Crossing BAES Land Systems (Bridging) Ltd.
The out-of-service (OSD) dates for armoured vehicles are detailed as follows:
Vehicle Out-of-service date Remarks Challenger 2 2035 CVR(T) 2016 FV430 Mk2 2002 FV430 Bulldog n/a OSD yet to be confirmed Mastiff n/a No planned OSD at present Saxon GWR 2018 Being taken out of service by 2008 Saxon Patrol 2023 Titan 2040 Trojan 2040 Vector 2019 Warrior 2025
The number of armoured vehicles of each type that were in service (total fleet) in the Army in 1997 is shown in the following table:
Vehicle type Number in service in 1997 Stormer 135 Rapier 67 Saxon (all variants) 634 FV430 Series 1,850 Centurion 40 Warrior 794 CVR(T) 1,671 CVR(W) 2 Chieftain 250 CR1 429 CR2 39 Repair and recovery vehicles 93 AS90 179 MLRS 61 CET 138 Fuchs NBC 11
Armoured Fighting Vehicles: Expenditure
The figures in the table detail expenditure, rounded to the nearest £10 million, on the procurement and maintenance of armoured vehicles; Challenger 2, CVR(T), FV430 Mk 2, FV430 Bulldog, Saxon GWR, Saxon Patrol, Warrior, Vector, Mastiff, Trojan and Titan. The complete financial records for maintenance prior to financial year 2003-04 are not held in one central location and could be provided only at disproportionate cost.
Financial year Procurement Maintenance 1997-98 350 n/a 1998-99 330 n/a 1999-2000 190 n/a 2000-01 70 n/a 2001-02 70 n/a 2002-03 30 n/a 2003-04 60 160 2004-05 50 140 2005-06 70 130 2006-07 110 120 n/a = not available.
Maintenance expenditure includes repairs, upgrade and upkeep programmes, post design services and purchase of spares.
Procurement expenditure includes development, production, training, support equipment and initial spares.
Arms Trade
Weapons owned by the armed forces are subject to the most stringent security procedures. In service weapons are always stored in secure armouries when not in use and access to these buildings is strictly controlled. Armoury stores are checked each day for quantity and each week for individual serial number, with random spot checks in addition. The process of issuing of weapons is also tightly controlled. Ammunition is subject to the same stringent checks and is stored in a secure compound separate from the weapons.
Any weapons deemed surplus to requirements are returned to a secure storage facility, escorted either by unit personnel or moved via secure MOD approved hauliers. On arrival at the unit, a full check of NATO stock number, quantity and serial number will be undertaken, in addition to a full safety check.
Serviceable weapons that are no longer required by the armed forces are disposed of under Government Authority. Weapons classified as beyond repair are reduced to scrap and disposed of.
Army Base Repair Organisation: Manpower
The posts that are open to employees that are defined as indirect, as described in ABRO’s Key Target 4 for 2007-08, include all management, supervisory and support roles, including planning and logistics.
Army Board
I am withholding information about the details of the individual flights as its disclosure would or would be likely to endanger the safety of an individual.
On closer examination of the records my officials have discovered that the total number of flights undertaken by the Adjutant-General in 2006 given in answer on 11 June 2007, Official Report, column 752W was overstated. The Adjutant-General took a total of 49 internal flights in 2006; 10 by RAF rotary and fixed wing aircraft, 34 by Army Rotary Wing aircraft and five commercial flights. I am withholding the details of the individual flights as its disclosure would or would be likely to be prejudicial to his personal security.
Army Board: Housing
The changes in the running costs of accommodation associated with the posts of Chief of the General Staff, Commander in Chief Land, Adjutant-General and General Officer Commanding Northern Ireland are due to a combination of factors including:
The use of different houses by subsequent appointment holders.
Scheduled property maintenance.
Periodic reassessment of departmental charging rates, scaling and entitlements for service accommodation.
Differing staff levels (numbers and rank structure) and associated personnel costs.
Price variations for utilities—electricity, gas etc.
General price inflation.
More detailed information on the specific contributions (negative or positive) of individual factors could be undertaken only at disproportionate cost.
Army: Horses
I refer the hon. Member to the answers I gave to the hon. Member for North Durham (Mr. Jones) on 10 May 2007, Official Report, column 348W and the hon. Member for Stratford-on-Avon (Mr. Maples) on 1 March 2007, Official Report, column 1539W.
Army: Uniforms
To our knowledge, no pelts for use by the Guards have come from bears killed specifically for the purpose of supplying the British Army.
Since 2001 it has been MOD policy to refurbish rather than replace bearskin caps, wherever possible. As a result no pelts have been purchased in recent years by the contractors who make the caps for the Department. Previously, when pelts have been purchased, they have been bought from regulated fur traders operating under the jurisdiction of the Canadian authorities.
AWE Aldermaston: Floods
AWE Aldermaston has flood protection systems in place that have been agreed with the Environment Agency. These include a series of small reservoirs that were installed in the early 1990s to allow run-off water from the site to be collected and assessed prior to a managed discharge. Water flowing from areas of the site such as roads and car parks are diverted to local watercourses.
I can confirm that these protection arrangements worked well and performed as designed.
Ballistic Missile Defence
On current plans, facilities at RAF Menwith Hill for routing satellite data will be ready for operation early in 2008. The operational date for the Space Based Infra Red System is a matter for the US.
Bombs: Peacekeeping Operations
No CRV-7 rockets fitted with sub-munition warheads have been used by UK armed forces against operational targets in either Afghanistan or Iraq. However, a number of CRV-7 M261 high explosive multi-purpose sub-munition rockets have been fired on a range in Afghanistan as part of routine training.
The UK does not consider the CRV-7 multi-purpose sub-munition to be a cluster munition because of its direct fire capability and small number of sub-munitions.
Defence Equipment: Spare Parts
The reported value of recorded losses in transit for financial year 2006-07 was £2.9 million, consisting of 2,058 items. Data is not held in such a way that enables the separate identification of "spare parts".
Defence Medical Services: ICT
The launch of the Defence Medical Information Capability Programme (DMICP) has not been postponed; the system was rolled out at the first Army pilot site in February 2007 and is currently in service at 12 sites. The roll out is proceeding to schedule, and the system is expected to be in service in all medical and dental centres in the UK and Germany and certain other fixed sites overseas by the middle of 2008.
The Defence Medical Information Capability Programme is due to be connected to the National Care Records Service by December 2010.
In agreement with the General Medical Council (GMC), the Defence Medical Services (DMS) can decide to hold every individual medical record in electronic, rather than paper format.
Service personnel cannot opt out of this system. They may, however, ask that their record can only be seen by a clinician who is directly involved in their health care. Robust provisions have been made to ensure that individual records can be locked down so that their existence in the system is not apparent to those not entitled to see them. In addition, individuals will be able to opt out of allowing their record to be shared on the NHS National Care Record Service, and to place certain other restrictions on access to their records.
All those whose records may be held in Defence Medical Information Capability Programme (DMICP) are being alerted to these facts before DMICP is rolled out at their medical centre. Medical staff have been briefed on the procedures and will advise their patients on the risks of restricting access to their records.
Departments: BAE Systems
[holding answer 16 July 2007]: Applications received and approved to join BAE Systems in the 10 years since 1997 are as follows:
Number of applications to join BAE Systems Number approved or approved with conditions Number not approved (2-year waiting time imposed) Of those approved, military Of those approved, civilian 1997 24 21 3 16 5 1998 15 14 1 13 1 1999 8 8 0 4 4 2000 14 14 0 0 14 2001 26 25 1 17 8 2002 21 21 0 15 6 2003 14 14 0 9 5 2004 7 6 1 6 0 2005 14 14 0 10 4 2006 21 21 0 13 8 Total 165 158 6 103 55
Of the applicants given approval, four have been from the Defence Exports Services Organisation: one in 2002, two in 2006 and one in 2007. It is not possible to determine how many applicants actually took up the posts for which they sought approval. Of the total applications, 79.9 per cent. were granted permission without condition, 16.4 per cent. were granted permission subject to behavioural conditions or waiting periods and 3.7 per cent. were required to wait for the maximum period of two years. Of the 158 applications approved, the grades or ranks were as follows:
Grade/Rank Number of applications approved 4-Star and above (PUS, Admiral, General, Air Chief Marshal) 1 3 -Star (DUS, Vice Admiral, Lieutenant General, Air Marshal) 7 2-Star (AUS, Rear Admiral, Major General, Air Vice Marshal) 8 1-Star (Pay Band 1, Commodore, Brigadier, Air Commodore) 17 Grade B, Captain, Colonel, Group Captain. 27 Grade C, Commander/Lieutenant Commander, Lieutenant Colonel/Major, Wing Commander/Squadron Leader 78 Grade D or below, Lieutenant/Sub Lieutenant RN, Captain, Lieutenant, Flight Lieutenant, Pilot Officer 20
Departments: Charities
The information requested will need to be collated and this will take a little time. I will write to the hon. Member and a copy of my letter will be placed in the Library of the House.
Departments: Consultants
The Ministry of Defence uses external consultants to provide specialist commercial, financial and legal services to Integrated Project Teams to assist in the delivery of services (both PFI and non PFI). In addition, ad-hoc specialist technical consultants are engaged in particular areas where in-house expertise is not available.
The Department requires that expenditure on consultants is pre-approved and allocated by budget to specific projects. Centrally the Department collates a global total of all consultancy fees but does not record other details centrally and therefore the information is not held in the format requested and could be provided only at disproportionate cost.
Departments: Disabled
The following table gives details of civilian disabled personnel employed by the Ministry of Defence.
Percentage Ministry of Defence (excluding agencies) 5.8 Agencies: Service Personnel and Veterans Agency 11.3 Defence Analytical Services Agency 4.4 Defence Medical and Education Training Agency 7.7 Defence Storage and Distribution Agency 8.8 Defence Vetting Agency 4.4 Ministry of Defence Police 3.4 People Pay and Pensions Agency 4.5 Service Children’s Education 0.5 Ministry of Defence2: Total 5.5 1 Disability self-certification was introduced in 2001. 2 This includes civilian staff employed by the Ministry of Defence and Trading Funds, but excludes Royal Fleet Auxiliaries and Locally Engaged Staff. Disability data for Royal Fleet Auxiliaries and Locally Engaged Staff are unavailable. Note: Percentages are calculated from known response. Source: DASA (Civilian).
Departments: Flowers
The information requested is not held centrally and could be provided only at disproportionate cost.
Departments: Frontier Medical
The MOD signed a contract with Frontier Medical Service Ltd. on 13 March 2007 to provide suitably qualified medical personnel to operational theatres. The contract was awarded following a fair competition conducted by the MOD in accordance with EU regulations and MOD policies.
Departments: Manpower
On 27 July 2007 there were 22 press officers employed in the Ministry of Defence’s central press office in London, and seven press officers employed in Regional Press Offices.
This answer does not include those employed as press officers in Defence Agencies, the Permanent Joint Headquarters, single Service Commands or at unit level, some of whom have a press officer task in addition to their main role. An audit is being conducted by MOD of overall numbers and roles of personnel involved in communications in order to assist with implementation of the Defence Communications Strategy. When this audit concludes, key findings will be made available through the MOD’s website and I will write to you.
Departments: Meetings
The Secretary of State for Defence and the Minister for the armed forces did not hold any such meetings during the period. The Minister for Defence Equipment and Support held meetings with BAES, EADS, Lockheed Martin, CSEU, GMB Union, MBDA and T&G Union. The Under-Secretary of State held meetings with the Three Faith Forum, Electoral Commission, CVQO and the Armed Forces Pensions Group.
Departments: Press
I have placed lists of the current periodicals, newspapers and copyrate magazines in the Library of the House.
The Ministry of Defence holds a contract with a supplier to provide newspapers and copyrate magazines to units in the London area. This contract came into force on 1 March 2002. Expenditure under the contract for financial year 2006-07 was £65,324.
MOD units outside London may purchase newspapers under local arrangements. Information on expenditure under such local arrangements is not held centrally and could be provided only at disproportionate cost.
Departments: Redundancy Pay
The information requested is not held centrally and could be provided only at disproportionate cost.
We hold information centrally on a Department-wide voluntary early release scheme which was launched in March 2005, in connection with the civil service-wide reductions required under the 2004 Spending Review. The in-year cost to the Department of individuals who left over the 12-month period of Financial Year 2006-07 on voluntary terms under the MOD Early Release Scheme is £17 million.
Departments: Training
(2) how much was spent by his Department on (a) staff and (b) communication training in the last 12 months.
The information requested is not held centrally and could be provided only at disproportionate cost.
This information is not held centrally and could be provided only at disproportionate cost.
Departments: Travel Expenses
(2) how much was spent by his Department on (a) first class and (b) business flights in the last 12 months;
(3) how much was spent by his Department on taxis in the last 12 months.
The information is not held centrally and could be provided only at disproportionate cost.
Departments: Tribunals
This information is not held centrally and could be provided only at disproportionate cost.
Departments: York
As my right hon. Friend the Defence Secretary told the House on 26 July 2007, a newly established Divisional Headquarters, HQ 6 Div, is to be based in York. This will involve approximately 55 additional military personnel and six civilians being based in York.
Depleted Uranium
The Ministry of Defence maintains a watching brief on the published scientific literature relating to the health implications of embedded uranium shrapnel. On this basis, our current view is that, although ongoing surveillance of veterans with embedded shrapnel is prudent, there is currently no indication of uranium-related health effects in any of the veterans studied.
As part of this ongoing surveillance, we recently offered follow-up monitoring to the small group of UK veterans found to have depleted uranium in their urine. The current scientific assessment is that there will be no health implications for these veterans.
EU Defence Policy
Good progress is being made towards the Headline Goal 2010. In March 2006 all EU member states responded to the Headline Goal Questionnaire, detailing those forces which potentially could be made available for use on EU led operations. These are currently being assessed against the requirement in terms of both quantity and quality. The Progress Catalogue, due to be published in November, will make clear whether the offered forces are sufficient to meet the requirement and, if there are any deficiencies, will provide an assessment of the military risks associated with them, and the potential impact on the EU’s ability to achieve its level of ambition.
European Fighter Aircraft: Saudi Arabia
The current negotiations on the sale of Eurofighters to Saudi Arabia are confidential between the two Governments. I am withholding the information as its disclosure would, or would be likely to, prejudice international relations and harm the interests of the United Kingdom.
Future Surface Combatant
[holding answer 25 July 2007]: Requirements for Defence equipment projects are formalised at Initial Gate and approved at Main Gate. The Future Surface Combatant project is still in the Concept Phase and an Initial Gate date has not yet been set.
Galileo Project
Helicopters
In providing logistic support to UK military helicopters, the focus is moving from spares availability to guaranteed aircraft availability. Merlin, Sea King and Chinook spares support is already contracting through availability contracts with industry.
The percentage of spares demands satisfied direct from MOD stocks in June 2007 have been listed in the table.
Spare parts availability for all of these aircraft has been sufficient to meet operational commitments.
Aircraft platform Owner service Spares satisfaction rates (percentage) Attack Helicopter Army 77 RTM322 engine — 94 Chinook RAF 94 T55 engine — 96 Gazelle Army 96 Astazou 3N2 engine — 99 LynxMk3/Mk8 RN 192 LynxMk7/Mk9 Army 192 Gem engine — 99 Merlin Mk1 RN 180 Merlin Mk3 RAF 180 RTM322 engine — 94 Puma RAF 96 Turmo engine — 92 Sea King Mk3 RAF 192 Sea King Mks4, 6, 6c and 7 RN 192 Gnome engine — 95 1 Across this aircraft type.
The information requested is shown as follows:
1997 (as at 1 April) 2007 (as at 30 June) Army Air Corps 295 289 Royal Navy 225 232 Royal Air Force 142 132 Armed Forces Total 662 653
The figures for 2007 do not include the six RAF Merlin helicopters recently acquired from Denmark or the eight RAF Chinook Mark 3 helicopters that are being converted to a Battlefield Support role, as announced by the Secretary of State on 30 March 2007.
HMS Birmingham
HMS Birmingham was decommissioned in 1999, sold in 2000 and was then dismantled in Spain.
HMS Illustrious
Mr. Bob Ainsworth: The number of days spent at sea each year since 1997 by HMS Illustrious and HMS Ark Royal are detailed in the following table.
HMS Illustrious HMS Ark Royal 1998 85.25 0 1999 102.50 4.75 2000 124.25 0 2001 165.25 67.50 2002 66.00 120.25 2003 0 133.00 2004 30.25 17.00 2005 123.25 3.75 2006 123.75 33.00 Up to 25 July 2007 80.00 68.00
HMS Illustrious was in refit from November 2002 to November 2004.
HMS Ark Royal was at low readiness in 1998 and entered refit in June 1999 until March 2001. She was at low readiness from May 2004 and entered refit October 2005 until September 2006.
Iraq: Bombs
The MOD shares forensic information with the police derived from operations overseas with a view to enhancing the protection of UK armed forces from threats overseas, the investigation of criminal activity in the UK, and the identification of any connection between the two. I am withholding details of the information requested as its release would, or would be likely to prejudice the capacity, effectiveness or security of our armed forces and the prevention or detection of crime.
Iraq: Peace Keeping Operations
The net additional costs of operations in Iraq are met from the Treasury's Reserves and not the Department's Expenditure Limits.
The total of the annual audited figures for the costs of operations in Iraq for the years 2002-03 to 2005-06 are as follows:
Cost of operations (£ million) 2002-03 Resource Expenditure 629 Capital Expenditure 218 Total 847 2003-04 Resource Expenditure 1,051 Capital Expenditure 260 Total 1,311 2004-05 Resource Expenditure 747 Capital Expenditure 163 Total 910 2005-06 Resource Expenditure 798 Capital Expenditure 160 Total 958
A total estimated cost of £1,002 million for 2006-07 was included in the Spring Supplementary Estimates published in February. Final figures will be published in the MOD's Annual Report and Accounts for 2006-07.
The MOD publishes monthly internee figures on its website
http://www.mod.uk/DefenceInternet/FactSheets/OperationsFactsheets/OperationsInIraqKeyFactsFigures.htm
As at 26 July 2007 there were 88 internees in British custody in Iraq. Since 1 January 2004 records show that the total number of people interned in Iraq by UK forces is 1,536. The number of internees held at any one time varies significantly: since 2004, the number held has generally ranged between 20 and 140. Readily accessible records indicate that there is one dual Iraqi/British national in British custody, and that the remainder are all Iraqi nationals. These records do not include those released or passed to Iraqi custody within eight hours of initial detention.
We do not operate a policy of internment in Afghanistan. However, UK troops occasionally detain suspected criminals for brief periods before passing them on to the Government of Afghanistan. Our records indicate that the number of detainees that have passed through British custody in Afghanistan are:
Number 2001 2 2002 1 2003 4 2004 0 2005 0 2006 33 2007 (As of 30 July) 64
Readily accessible records indicate that the majority of these are Afghan nationals, but have included a small number of third country nationals.
We deploy British military engineers on operations in Iraq and Afghanistan to conduct close engineer support (such as mobility support, counter mobility support, explosive ordnance disposal, boat support, and search) and general engineer support (such as infrastructure development, construction, geographic support, and civil-military cooperation). We cannot provide the total number of engineering personnel deployed to Iraq and Afghanistan for each year since 2001 as these records are not held centrally and cannot be provided without disproportionate cost. We can, however, provide the details of the main engineering units deployed to Iraq since 2003 and Afghanistan since 2006. In addition to these units, there are also Royal Navy/Royal Marine, Army and Royal Air Force Engineers deployed to Iraq and Afghanistan undertaking maintenance tasks in support of both rotary and fixed wing aircraft and vehicle squadrons.
Engineering units deployed to Iraq
2003
Headquarters Royal Engineers 1st (United Kingdom) Armoured Division
Elements of Headquarters 12 Engineer Brigade (Air Support)
32 Engineer Regiment
28 Engineer Regiment
36 Engineer Regiment
23 Engineer Regiment
33 Engineer Regiment (Explosive Ordnance Disposal)
42 Engineer Regiment (Geographic Support)
64 Works Group Royal Engineers
59 Independent Commando Squadron Royal Engineers
Elements of 131 Independent Commando Squadron Royal Engineers (Volunteers)
38 Engineer Regiment Group
Elements of 62 Works Group Royal Engineers
35 Engineer Regiment Group
2004
22 Engineer Regiment Group
21 Engineer Regiment Group
Elements of 63 Works Group Royal Engineers
2005
26 Engineer Regiment Group
32 Engineer Regiment Group
Elements of 64 Works Group Royal Engineers
2006
35 Engineer Regiment Group
38 Engineer Regiment Group
Elements of 63 Works Group Royal Engineers
2007
22 Engineer Regiment Group
Elements of 64 Works Group Royal Engineers
21 Engineer Regiment Group
Elements of 62 Works Group Royal Engineers.
Engineering units deployed to Afghanistan
2006
51 Parachute Squadron Royal Engineers
Elements of 49 Field Squadron (Explosive Ordnance Disposal)
Elements of 63 Works Group Royal Engineers
28 Engineer Regiment Group
59 Independent Commando Squadron Royal Engineers
2007
26 Engineer Regiment Group
Elements of 64 Works Group Royal Engineers
Elements of 62 Works Group Royal Engineers.
There is no distinction made in an operational theatre on the standard of accommodation, or protection afforded to it, on the basis of service.
Commanders in theatre keep all force protection measures including that of accommodation under constant review, against an ever-evolving threat and a number of measures are being developed to further improve protection.
Force protection arrangements in Basra employ multiple layers of defence. This is in addition to operations to disrupt attacks against UK forces and other protective equipment, tactics, techniques and procedures designed to minimise the chance of a successful attack. Details of these measures cannot be released as disclosure would, or would be likely to prejudice the capability, effectiveness and security of the armed forces.
Iraq-Kuwait Conflict: Depleted Uranium
We are not aware of any incidents involving injury to UK service personnel in the 1990-91 Gulf conflict resulting in embedded depleted uranium shrapnel injuries. This is supported by the recent findings of the Depleted Uranium Oversight Board (DUOB) which was established in 2001 to oversee a screening programme for veterans of the 1990-91 Gulf conflict and subsequent Balkans operations concerned about possible exposure to depleted uranium. I announced the publication of the final report of the DUOB on 26 March 2007, Official Report, column 64WS.
Military Aircraft
Aircraft spares for the C-17A Globemaster and the Hercules C-130 are provided under aircraft availability contracts with industry and spares stock levels are not measured.
Aircraft spares for the TriStar, VC-10 and Nimrod MR2 are also partly provided direct from industry. However, spares demands satisfied from MOD stocks in June 2007, expressed as a percentage, were 74 per cent. for the TriStar, 78 per cent. for the VC-10 and 81 per cent. for the Nimrod MR2.
Spare parts availability for all of these aircraft has been sufficient to meet operational commitments.
Minesweepers
In 1997 there were 18 Mine Counter-Measure Vessels (MCMVs) in service and capable of mine-hunting operations. There are currently 16 MCMVs in service. There were no such vessels in reserve either in 1997 or 2007.
There are currently no plans to change the number of MCMVs.
Ministry of Defence Police and Guarding Agency: USA
The revised Memorandum of Agreement will be made available in the Library of the House once the revised Agreement between the Ministry of Defence Police and Guarding Agency and the US authorities has been finalised, and all parties, including the US, have been consulted.
Navy: Fisheries
The collation of the information has now been completed. I wrote to the hon. Member on 25 August.
Navy: Frigates
Until an investment decision has been taken, as part of the current planning round which is due to complete in early 2008, the timeline for the Future Surface Combatant project cannot be determined.
Nuclear Weapons
UK nuclear weapons, in common with all MOD conventional weapons, are stored according to their conventional explosives content in explosives facilities which are assessed and licensed in accordance with the requirements of the Manufacture and Storage of Explosives Regulations (MSER) 2005. The MOD applies these regulations through Joint Services Publication 482—MOD Explosives Regulations. JSP 482 stipulates specific safety separation distances to be maintained between explosives and residential properties and public roads and between adjacent explosives storage and processing facilities.
Nuclear warheads are stored safely in accordance with arrangements prescribed by the Nuclear Installations Inspectorate. Specific regulations are covered by the Ionising Radiation Regulations 1999.
RAF Brize Norton: Charities
Defence Estates officials reviewed in detail the background to the event. Based on that review they concluded that the event justified the waiving of the small marginal cost. This action was acceptable within their delegation.
Sierra Leone: Peacekeeping Operations
I refer the hon. Member to the reply given by my predecessor on 11 June 2007, Official Report, column 763W, to the hon. Member for Forest of Dean (Mr. Harper).
Territorial Army: Deployment
[holding answer 26 July 2007]: All major Territorial Army (TA) units have mobilised personnel on operational service over the last three years in various proportions. To identify the sub-units within these units from which each mobilised member of the TA has originated would incur disproportionate cost.
There are currently 571 members of the TA in overseas operational theatres (as at 3 July 2007).
Territorial Army: Resignations
This information is not held centrally and could be provided only at disproportionate cost.
Trident Missiles
The safety of the assembly/disassembly facilities at the Atomic Weapons Establishment (AWE) is not in question. The Nuclear Installations Inspectorate maintains a continuous dialogue with the nuclear site licensee (AWE plc) and with the MOD on all aspects of the safety of facilities and operations at AWE, where safety is paramount to all stakeholders.
The Nuclear Installations Inspectorate maintains, and has since first licensing, a continuous dialogue with the nuclear site licensee at Atomic Weapons Establishment Burghfield, and with the MOD on all aspects of the safety of facilities and operations, including the warhead assembly/disassembly facility.
A number of options remain under consideration. Final decisions have yet to be taken.
No specific research has been commissioned into these techniques and none is needed. The Nuclear Installations Inspectorate licence conditions for the Atomic Weapons Establishment demand that appropriate safety cases are generated as a matter of routine in the evaluation of risk. Deterministic and probabilistic risk assessments are tools employed in defining and ranking the postulated hazards. The use of such risk assessment techniques is considered best practice within the nuclear industry. Their use by AWE plc is regularly benchmarked against—and compares favourably with—other nuclear operators.
Type 45 Destroyers
[holding answer 25 July 2007]: I refer the hon. Member to the answer my predecessor gave on 10 May 2006, Official Report, column 290W.
Warships
Our present planning assumptions, which are routinely updated as required, are as follows:
Submarines
Vanguard Class
It is not possible to give precise out of service dates for the four Vanguard Class submarines. As indicated in the December 2006 White Paper on the future of the United Kingdom’s nuclear deterrent we believe that we can extend the original design life by around five years and that accordingly the first Vanguard class submarine would go out of service around 2022 and the second around 2024 and work is ongoing to determine the optimum out of service dates for the remaining two.
Name Out of service date HMS Superb 2008 HMS Sceptre 2010
Name Out of service date HMS Trafalgar 2009 HMS Turbulent 2011 HMS Tireless 2013 HMS Torbay 2015 HMS Trenchant 2017 HMS Talent 2019 HMS Triumph 2022
Frigates
Name Out of service date HMS Cornwall 2015 HMS Campbeltown 2017 HMS Cumberland 2017 HMS Chatham 2018
Name Out of service date HMS Argyll 2019 HMS Lancaster 2019 HMS Iron Duke 2020 HMS Monmouth 2021 HMS Montrose 2021 HMS Westminster 2021 HMS Northumberland 2022 HMS Richmond 2022 HMS Somerset 2023 HMS Sutherland 2025 HMS Kent 2028 HMS Portland 2028 HMS St. Albans 2029
Destroyers
Name Out of service date HMS Southampton 2009 HMS Exeter 2009 HMS Liverpool 2010 HMS Manchester 2011 HMS Gloucester 2011 HMS Nottingham 2012 HMS York 2012 HMS Edinburgh 2013
Minehunter Vessels
Name Out of service date HMS Ledbury 2019 HMS Cattistock 2020 HMS Brocklesbury 2020 HMS Chiddingfold 2020 HMS Middleton 2020 HMS Hurworth 2022 HMS Atherstone 2022 HMS Quorn 2023
Name Out of service date HMS Walney 2017 HMS Penzance 2023 HMS Pembroke 2023 HMS Grimsby 2024 HMS Bangor 2024 HMS Ramsey 2025 HMS Blyth 2026 HMS Shoreham 2026
Communities and Local Government
Aerials: Planning Permission
The information is not available in the format requested.
The Department has no record of any letters from the hon. Member enclosing correspondence from his constituents regarding the erection of mobile telephone masts in the last 12 months. The Department has no record of any letters from residents with postcodes covered by Southend-on-Sea borough council regarding mobile telephone masts in the last 12 months.
This information is not available centrally and could be provided only at disproportionate cost. Local planning authorities are not required to notify the Department where a mast has been installed following a prior approval application. However, every autumn the mobile phone operators share their annual roll out plans with local planning authorities and list all the existing sites in the local authority area as well as proposed sites. The hon. Member may wish to discuss these plans with his local planning authority.
The Government’s planning policy on telecommunications is set out in planning policy guidance note 8 (PPG 8) on Telecommunications which states that
“In addition to any statutory consultation, authorities are strongly encouraged to undertake any additional publicity that they consider necessary to give people likely to be affected by the proposed development an opportunity to make their views known to the authority. Where a mast is to be installed on or near a school or college the local planning authority should consult the relevant body of the school or college concerned and should take into account any relevant views expressed.”
No guidance to local authorities has been issued which defines close proximity to residential areas and schools.
We have received a number of parliamentary questions, letters from hon. Members, other organisations and members of the public recently covering a wide variety of issues in relation to mobile telephone masts. In addition, officials have dealt with a range of correspondence, emails and telephone calls on the issue of mobile telephone masts.
The planning process that applies to pico cells, micro cells and macro cell mobile telephone masts will depend on the nature of the proposed development and the law may be interpreted and applied differently by individual local authorities.
Some minor operations or changes of use of land which are de minimis may not constitute development and may therefore not require planning permission.
Certain telecommunications development undertaken by electronic communications code operators is granted planning permission by part 24 of schedule 2 to the Town and Country Planning (General Permitted Development) Order 1995 without the need for an application for planning permission. Such development must comply with the conditions provided by part 24, which in some cases, includes being required to follow a prior approval process.
Other forms of telecommunications development will require an application for planning permission.
The most recent changes to part 24 of schedule 2 to the Town and Country Planning (General Permitted Development) Order 1995 were introduced by the Town and Country Planning (General Permitted Development) (Amendment) (England) Order 2001 (S.I. 2001/2718) and by the Communications Act 2003 (Consequential Amendments) Order 2003 (S.I. 2003/2155). Neither the relevant legislation nor planning policy guidance note 8: Telecommunications has been amended since 2004.
The information requested could be provided only at disproportionate cost. Ministers from Communities and Local Government along with those from the Department for Business, Enterprise and Regulatory Reform and the Department of Health meet with representatives of the mobile telephone industry every six months to discuss issues of mutual interest.
In addition, officials from Communities and Local Government have had several meetings with mobile telephone operators or their representatives including meetings of the Electronic Communications Working Group.
The Town and Country Planning Act 1990 is the principal Act which regulates the erection of mobile telephone masts. This provides that development as defined requires planning permission. Part 24 of Schedule 2 to the Town and Country Planning (General Permitted Development) Order 1995 grants planning permission, without the need for an application, for certain forms of telecommunications development carried out by electronic communications code operators. This includes the installation of ground-based masts below 15 metres in height on land (other than on protected land such as national parks).
Planning permission granted under Part 24 is subject to certain conditions including a prior approval process for masts. Under Part 24, where development is proposed on land which is not in, on, over or under land controlled by the electronic communications code operator it must be carried out in accordance with The Electronic Communications Code, operated by the industry regulator.
Anti-Semitism
The Government published their response to the All Party Parliamentary Inquiry into Anti-Semitism in March 2007. On 20 June officials from Communities and Local Government and other Departments met Jewish stakeholders to consider progress made with implementation of the Government's response and further meetings will take place quarterly.
An Adjournment debate around anti-Semitism on 19 July provided Members of Parliament with the opportunity to make representations to Government.
The Secretary of State has not received any representations from Members of the House of Lords.
Arms Length Management Organisations
None. The Department does not specify a minimum threshold of support. It is up to each local authority to demonstrate that it has consulted its tenants and leaseholders and to provide evidence of support for its arm’s length management organisation proposals when it applies for the Secretary of State’s consent to delegate its housing management functions. Consent will not be granted unless the Secretary of State is satisfied with the evidence provided.
Audit Commission
This is an operational matter for the Audit Commission and I have asked the Chief Executive of the Audit Commission to write to you directly.
Letter from Steve Bundred, dated 26 July 2007:
I am writing in response to your parliamentary question asking why the Audit Commission decided to change the indicators used to assess comprehensive performance assessments prior to their replacement with comprehensive area assessments.
The Commission published a consultation document on the framework for CPA 2007 in April this year. In this document a small number of changes were proposed to the performance indicators used in the Audit Commission service assessments for housing, environment and culture, to ensure that CPA remained relevant and continued to drive improvements in public services. The proposals included supplementing the existing set of indicators with four newly available indicators that measure outcomes recognisable by local residents or vulnerable people. It was also proposed to remove four indicators (where there are issues with data availability, data quality or national consistency) and replace three indicators with more meaningful measures of performance. These represent only a small proportion of the total number of indicators; in 2006 there were 31 indicators included in the environment service assessment, 20 in housing and 18 in culture.
The majority of consultation responses expressed a strong desire for stability in the CPA framework and the Commission considered these at its meeting this morning. We will be publishing a document within the next few weeks setting out our final decisions and explaining the reasons for them. I am able to confirm at this stage, however, that a number of the changes proposed in our consultation document will not now go ahead.
It is worth noting that the Commission is also considering the framework and transitional arrangements that it puts in place for 2008, as this is the last year they will carry out assessments under the CPA methodology. The new CAA framework is due to be in place from April 2008.
A copy of this letter will be placed in the House of Commons Library.
Bellwin Scheme
It is too early to estimate the level of costs to local authorities arising out of the recent floods which might be eligible for Bellwin funding. Under the special arrangements for this scheme, authorities are able to claim for eligible costs incurred up to six months after the flooding.
The following authorities had notified an intention to claim for the flooding events in June by the closing date of 31 July:
Amber Valley Borough Council
Barnsley Metropolitan Borough Council
Bassetlaw District Council
Bolsover District Council
Bridgnorth District Council
Chesterfield Borough Council
Derbyshire County Council
Derbyshire Combined Fire Authority
Derbyshire Dales District Council
Doncaster Metropolitan Borough Council
East Riding of Yorkshire Council
East Lindsey District Council
Erewash Borough Council
Gedling Borough Council
Gloucestershire County Council
Harrogate Borough Council
Hereford and Worcester Fire and Rescue
High Peak Borough Council
Humberside Fire and Rescue Service
Humberside Police Authority
Kingston upon Hull City Council
Leeds City Council
Lichfield District Council
Lincoln City Council
Lincolnshire County Council
Newark and Sherwood District Council
North East Derbyshire District Council
North East Lincolnshire Council
North Yorkshire Fire and Rescue Authority
Pendle BC
Rotherham Metropolitan Borough Council
Scarborough Borough Council
Sheffield City Council
Shropshire County Council
South Shropshire District Council
South Yorkshire Fire and Rescue Authority
South Yorkshire Police Authority
Stafford Borough Council
Staffordshire Fire and Rescue Authority
Warwick District Council
Warwickshire County Council
Wakefield City Council
West Mercia Police Authority
West Lindsey District Council
West Yorkshire Fire and Rescue Authority
Worcestershire County Council
Wyre Forest District Council
Authorities have until the end of August to notify incidents occurring in July. To date the following authorities have done so:
Bridgnorth District Council
Cheltenham Borough Council
Cotswold District Council
Derbyshire Combined Fire Authority
Gloucestershire County Council
Hereford and Worcester Combined Fire Authority
Lichfield District Council
Scarborough Borough Council
Shrewsbury and Atcham Borough Council
South Shropshire District Council
Stratford-on-Avon District Council
Tewkesbury Borough Council
Warwick District Council
Warwickshire County Council
West Mercia Police Authority
West Oxfordshire District Council
Wokingham District Council
Worcestershire County Council
Wychavon District Council
The statutory power for Bellwin grant is section 155 of the Local Government and Housing Act 1989. This section only permits the Secretary of State to provide financial assistance in respect of expenditure incurred by a local authority. Reductions in income arising out of council tax foregone are therefore not eligible for Bellwin grant.
On 7 July the Prime Minister announced special changes to the Bellwin scheme for the June floods to make it easier for local councils to claim back additional costs. These changes allow local authorities to reclaim 100 per cent. of their costs above threshold (up from 85 per cent.) and to claim costs incurred in the six months following the incident (up from two months). We have also invited local authorities to make interim claims before the expiry of the six months qualifying expenditure period.
A further Bellwin scheme has been activated in respect of the July floods, incorporating the same special changes.
Commission on Integration and Cohesion
The Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government has said that she will publish a formal response to the report on the Commission on Integration and Cohesion in the autumn.
Community Development: Bedfordshire
The amount of funds received by Bedfordshire Citizen Service Partnership from the Government was £1.78 million from the Local e-Government Programme and £1.24 million from the Invest to Save budget.
Details of funding provided by Bedfordshire local authorities and/or received from others should be available from the Bedfordshire authorities.
Community Development: Thames Gateway
The Government are investing heavily in infrastructure and services for people in the Thames Gateway, with billions spent on education, health and transport. Since 2003, growth area funding also supports parks and green spaces in the Thames Gateway, and the Thames Gateway Draft Strategic Framework set out the need to involve existing communities in the development of the Gateway. We will be in a position to announce future spending in the Thames Gateway following the Comprehensive Spending Review.
We know that achieving our ambitions in the Thames Gateway is about more than just housing and jobs. With this in mind, we have established a cross Government senior level Board to ensure that policy and spending is joined up and will deliver the types of sustainable communities that people will choose to live in both now and in the future.
Council Housing: Repairs and Maintenance
A table showing the information requested, with explanatory notes, has been placed in the Library of the House. We do not have up to date housing performance information for all local authorities and this is reflected in the table.
All delivery options have received tenant support as part of the Options Appraisal process, or as part of the application process for an individual programme where the application predated 2003.
Council Tax: Pensioners
The Department has made no such estimate.
Council Tax: Second Homes
Since April 2004 local authorities have had discretionary powers to set the council tax discount offered on second homes at any point between 10 per cent. and 50 per cent. and on long term empty homes at any point between 0 per cent. and 50 per cent. It is up to local authorities to decide how to use this power and what they do with the additional income generated.
Communities and Local Government have made no assessment of how local authorities make use of the income generated through reducing the discount.
(2) how much subsidy has been paid to local authorities to compensate them for the 50 per cent. council tax discount available for second home owners since the council tax system was introduced.
The distribution of formula grant to local authorities in England takes account of the circumstances of each authority’s area and its relative ability to pay council tax, expressed in terms of the council tax base. The calculation of a council’s tax base takes into account the Band D-equivalent number of second homes and has done so since council tax was introduced in 1993. Since 1 April 2004, although billing authorities have been able to reduce the council discount for second homes in their area (to between 10 and 50 per cent.), a discount of 50 per cent. has continued to be assumed for all authorities in calculating the tax base for the purposes of distributing formula grant.
Other things being equal, the smaller the council tax base of a council’s area, the larger its formula grant. This effect has, however, been modified in recent years by the application of grant ‘floors’, which guarantee a minimum percentage increase in grant each year on a like-for-like basis.
For this reason, and because formula grant is not hypothecated—i.e. it can be used for any purpose—it is not possible to calculate an amount of formula grant payable for second homes.
(2) which council tax collecting authorities took advantage of the opportunity to levy (a) part and (b) all of the discretionary additional charge from those domestic council tax payers who are entitled to the 50 per cent. second home discount in each year for which records are available; and which political party controlled each authority at the time of collection.
I have placed in the Library of the House tables showing which local authorities have levied either (a) all, (b) part, and (c) none of the discretionary additional charge in each year since 2004.
I have placed in the Library of the House the information requested for the number of properties classed as second homes and entitled to discount in each local authority in England for 2002 to 2006. Data prior to this are not considered sufficiently robust.
Council Tax: Valuation
Information accessible under the terms of the arrangement with Rightmove is being used to ensure that the data held by the Valuation Office Agency are accurate.
The Valuation Office Agency has a license to use the following OS products and datasets:
1: 10 000 Scale Raster
1: 25 000 Scale Colour Raster
1: 50 000 Scale Colour Raster
1: 250 000 Scale Colour Raster
1: 50 000 Scale Gazetteer
Land-Line.Plus®
OS MasterMap® Topography Layer
OS MasterMap® Address Layer
OS MasterMap® Address Layer 2
OS MasterMap® Integrated Transport Network Layer
ADDRESS POINT®
Boundary Line™
Code Point®
Code Point® with Polygons
Land-Form PROFILE®
Meridian™ 2
MiniScale®
Strategi®
OSCAR Asset Manager®
OSCAR Traffic Manager®.
Departments: Departmental Policy Advisers
The Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government has two special advisers. They are Andy Bagnall and Paul Richards.
Departments: Departmental Reorganisation
The Lifting Burdens Task Force was established under the chairmanship of Michael Prater, chief executive of Nottingham city council, in July 2006. The Task Force’s remit is to identify which central Government information requirements on local government cause the most difficulty on the ground and which add the least value, and recommend to Government action to reduce such burdens.
The Task Force published its first report on Communities and Local Government’s functions Housing and Planning at the end of February 2007. The full Government response was published in May 2007. Following the report, we lifted the requirement on local authorities to report on the following Best Value Performance Indicators (BVPIs):
219a Planning: total number of conservation areas in the local authority area
219c Planning: percentage of conservation areas with published management proposals 214 Homelessness: repeat homelessness
The Task Force’s recommendations on reform of the planning system were broadly accepted and the responses to most were covered in the Planning White Paper published in May. We will consider the recommendation to remove prescriptive requirements for communication as part of the review of the General Development Procedure Order referred to in the Planning White Paper.
The Task Force published its second report in March 2007, and in response, we removed the requirement for local authorities to report on a further seven BVPIs or parts of BVPIs. We are considering further recommendations from both reports in the context of the new performance framework for local government and the national indicator set which will underpin it, to be introduced from April 2008.
Departments: Departmental Responsibilities
The Department for Communities and Local Government's shared (with the former Department for Trade and Industry and HM Treasury) Regional Economic Performance target—to improve sustainable economic performance in all regions by 2008, and over the long term (by 2012) reduce the persistent gap in growth rates between the regions—transferred to the Department for Business, Enterprise and Regulatory Reform as part of the recent machinery of Government changes.
Departments: Disabled
The latest available data on the disability status of civil servants in Departments and agencies are as at 30 September 2006 and are published in “Civil Service Statistics 2006” at Table P. This document is produced by the Office for National Statistics and can be accessed from the following website addresses.
http://www.statistics.gov.uk/StatBase/Product.asp?vlnk=2899&Pos=&ColRank=l&Rank=422
http://www.statistics.gov.uk/downloads/theme_labour/2006CivilServiceStatistics.pdf
Declaration of a disability is voluntary.
Departments: Flint Bishop
Communities and Local Government (CLG) and the former Office of the Deputy Prime Minister (ODPM) were created following Machinery of Government changes on 5 May 2006 and 29 May 2002, respectively.
There are no records of any payments to Flint Bishop Solicitors by the central Department or its agencies since May 2002. Details of payments prior to May 2002 could be obtained only at disproportionate costs.
Departments: Flowers
It is not departmental practice to provide cut flowers for office use and so expenditure on this is nil.
A low level of internal planting within the Communities and Local Government HQ buildings is maintained under our Facilities Management contract. The cost of this is included within the fixed contract price for cleaning, grounds maintenance and pest control and is not separately identifiable. Additionally, new plants have been provided at a cost of £6,100.44 during the period 1 July 2006 to 30 June 2007.
Departments: Freedom of Information
The list of requests made to Communities and Local Government under the Freedom of Information Act 2000 and the Environmental Information Regulations 2004 between 8 May 2006 and 30 September 2006, together with the other information requested, has been tabulated and a copy has been placed in the Library of the House.
This tabulation consists solely of requests handled by the Central Department, and does not include requests made to its Agencies or the Government Office Network.
Departments: IT
IT projects undertaken by Communities and Local Government and its agencies are as follows:
(a) Communities and Local Government (including Regional Coordination Unit and Government Offices in the Regions).
Project Start date Original planned completion date Expected completion date Originally planned costs (£000) Estimated planned costs (£000) Buynet upgrade to SRM4 March 2007 April 2007 August 2007 96 96 Replacement infrastructure for Peoplesoft HR system November 2006 May 2007 October 2007 537 400 HQ human resources database, further development 4th release—includes Online Performance Management April 2007 October 2007 October 2007 525 525 Government offices human resources database, further development April 2007 March 2008 March 2008 150 150 Government offices Online Performance Management System, further development April 2007 March 2008 March 2008 150 150 FiReControl (regional fire control centres)1 2004 2009 2011 120,000 190,000 FireLink2 June 2002 December 2007 June 2009 350,000 350,000 Fire incident recording system January 2006 December 2006 August 2007 1,300 2,500 Website rationalisation (incorporating Info41ocal rebuild project)3 December 2005 June 2008 December 2008 3,200 53,600 LINK (new corporate desktop system)4 February 2005 October 2006 December 2007 2,064 2,064 EDRMS4 October 2006 December 2006 December 2007 699 699 DCLG corporate web hosting June 2006 March 2007 July 2007 578 660 RSGS replacement July 2006 January 2008 January 2008 737 737 Floor Targets interactive rebuild January 2007 May 2007 August 2007 250 300 Notes:1 The FiReControl project is principally a business change project with an IT component. 2 Firelink is a radio communications system project for the Fire and Rescue Service across Great Britain, with an element of IT. 3 A project to rebuild the Info41ocal website was approved in November 2004 at a cost of £244,000. The project was deferred for later incorporation into the Department's Website Rationalisation Project. 4 LINK and EDRMS are two out of three component projects that made up the ITSOP project listed in the Answer published on 4 December 2006. The remaining component—the outsourcing of the Department's IT services—was completed on 31 December 2006. EDRMS is the pilot deployment of electronic document and records management system to selected key users. 5 Plus 400 for Info41ocal.
(b) Agencies of the Department.
Planning Inspectorate have no IT projects currently being undertaken.
Project Start date Original planned completion date Expected completion date Originally planned costs (£000) Estimated planned costs (£000) Fire Service College FRS Managed Learning Environment January 2006 April 2007 April 2008 5,500 5,500 QEII Conference Centre Meeting Matrix June 2007 September 2007 September 2007 65 65
Departments: Legislation
(2) which Bills introduced by her Department in the last five years have contained sunset clauses; and what plans she has for the future use of such clauses.
Since the formation of the Office of the Deputy Prime Minister in May 2002 and subsequently the Department for Communities and Local Government in May 2006, we are aware of one sunset clause in primary legislation for which we have been responsible, namely section 1(7) of the Fire Services Act 2003, which prevents the making of an order (fixing firemen’s conditions of service) more than two years after commencement of the Act (on the date of Royal Assent, 13 November 2003) except for an order revoking a previous order.
The following primary legislation has received Royal Assent since 2002 and has not contained sunset clauses:
Fire and Rescue Services Act 2004;
Housing Act 2004;
Planning and Compulsory Purchase Act 2004;
Council Tax (New Valuation Lists for England) Act 2006; and
Housing Corporation (Delegation) etc. Act 2006
Rating (Empty Properties) Act 2007
Of the Acts currently before Parliament, the GLA Bill does not contain a sunset clause, but the Local Government and Public Involvement in Health Bill does contain a sunset clause (in clause 3) which ensures that the Secretary of State may not give a direction (under clause 2) to an authority to prepare a proposal for unitary local government after 25 January 2008. This sunset clause was introduced by amendment in the Commons in response to concerns of the Local Government Association that the Secretary of State’s power to direct would otherwise be too wide. The Secretary of State may therefore only issue a direction under clause 2 from after the enactment and commencement of Part 1 of the Bill (likely to be November 2007) up until 25 January 2008.
As to the future use of sunset clauses, the appropriateness of a sunset clause for the whole or part of any proposed legislation is considered on a case by case basis. It is also addressed when a regulatory impact assessment relating to legislation is being prepared.
Departments: Manpower
As at 1 April 2007 there were 22 press officers in the central Department.
Departments: Ministerial Policy Advisers
The Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government has two Special Advisers. They are Andy Bagnall and Paul Richards.
Departments: Ministerial Responsibilities
I attended the 9th meeting of the Hertfordshire Housing Conference in St. Albans.
Departments: Press
Communities and Local Government have a service level agreement with the Department for Transport to provide library services. Communities and Local Government library service provides periodicals for both Communities and Local Government and for Department for Transport. A list of those periodicals centrally funded has been placed in the Library of the House. Separating those titles solely held for use by Communities and Local Government could be obtained only at disproportionate cost.
Listings for the periodical holdings of Executive agencies, non-departmental public bodies and Government offices are not held centrally and could be provided only at disproportionate cost.
Communities and Local Government have a service level agreement with the Department for Transport to provide library services. From 1 July 2006 to 30 June 2007, the Communities and Local Government library service spent £25,064 on paper-based publications for Communities and Local Government and for Department for Transport. This included the purchase of newspapers, magazines, annuals and books. Separating out spend relating to newspapers and magazines solely held for use by Communities and Local Government would attract a disproportionate cost.
Information on expenditure outside this service for the Executive agencies, non-departmental public bodies and Government offices is not held centrally and could be provided only at disproportionate cost.
Departments: Public Appointments
As part of an internal re-organisation in October 2006, changes were made to the remits of the three director posts dealing with housing issues. The Department does not comment publicly on such changes.
Departments: Railways, Aviation and Taxis
(2) how much was spent by her Department on (a) business class flights and (b) first class flights (c) first class train tickets (d) taxis in the last 12 months;
(3) how much was spent by her Department on taxis in the last 12 months.
The breakdown of information in the format requested could be obtained only at disproportionate cost. However, the following table sets out the overall expenditure incurred by Communities and Local Government on overseas and domestic travel (for civil servants and Ministers) in the last 12 months.
£ Overseas travel and subsistence costs 257,447 Domestic travel and subsistence costs 2,004,632
The figures include all expenditure for travel by air, train, taxi and car as well as subsistence and hotel accommodation costs.
All travel by civil servants and Ministers of Communities and Local Government is conducted in accordance with the requirements of the Civil Service Management Code and the Ministerial Code and Travel.
Departments: Recruitment
The Department for Communities and Local Government and its predecessors made payments to a number of employment agencies in respect of agency employees during this period but the information requested is not held centrally.
The Department’s policy is to engage temporary agency staff only through competitively negotiated framework contracts which provide value for money for the Department. The central part of the Department for Communities and Local Government and its predecessors paid the following amounts to recruitment consultants in relation to permanent staff.
£ 2006-07 79,155.54 2005-06 370,232.23 2004-05 462,964.00 2003-04 730,468.33 2002-03 653,845.86
It would cost a disproportionate amount to obtain information prior to 2002-03.
Departments: Training
Two senior managers seconded to the Deputy Prime Minister’s Office attended the Department’s Dignity and Respect Workshop.
Expenditure related to staff away days is not identified as a separate item on the Department’s accounting system, and could be obtained only at disproportionate cost. However, any such expenditure could reasonably be expected within the expenditure total for conferences. The total expenditure on conferences for Ministers and civil servants incurred by Communities and Local Government in the period 1 July 2006 to 30 July 2007 was £543,786.
All expenditure on conferences is made in accordance with published departmental guidance on financial procedures and propriety.
Departments: Tribunals
The information requested could be provided only at disproportionate cost.
Derelict Land
The Register of Surplus Public Sector Land provides a quarterly publication of sites that are owned by central government departments and their agencies. These sites have been identified as available for release for development and details can be accessed via the website at
http://www.englishpartnerships.co.uk/rspsl.htm
The Register is managed by English Partnerships and holds details of over 700 sites totalling more than 5,000 ha. The 550 newly identified surplus sites owned by central government departments and their agencies have not yet been placed on the Register of Surplus Public Sector Land managed by English Partnerships. The sites will be placed on the Register in due course.
Derelict Land: Greater London
This information requested is not held centrally. However almost all housing development in London takes place on brownfield land (97 per cent. in 2005). Also, the stock of available brownfield land is not static as new sites are coming forward for development all the time. Historically, studies to provide a comprehensive technical analysis of London's potential for future housing growth have been the responsibility of the Mayor of London, or predecessor body, and the boroughs. Regular studies have been undertaken, namely London's Housing Capacity (Greater London Authority, September 2000) and the 2004 London Housing Capacity Study (GLA, July 2005). As a result, housing targets for London have recently been increased, from 23,000 homes per year to 2006-07, to 30,500 homes per year from 2007-08.
Digital Mapping
Communities and Local Government are currently running a competitive procurement for a replacement Pan-Government Agreement. It is intended that this will take effect from April 2008.
Empty Property: Greater London
Estimates for vacant dwellings in each London borough since 2002 are tabulated as follows. These include vacancies up to six months and long-term vacancies over six months. These are as reported by local authorities through the Council Tax Base (CTB1) form and present vacant dwellings receiving some or a full discount on council tax.
November 2002 November 2003 November 2004 October 2005 October 2006 London 111,416 102,998 92,597 88,402 86,701 Barking and Dagenham 1,578 1,798 1,623 1,906 2,477 Barnet 5,093 3,512 3,607 3,767 3,486 Bexley 2,064 2,268 2,161 2,157 2,309 Brent 5,559 2,733 3,568 2,762 2,482 Bromley 3,960 4,207 3,825 3,741 3,781 Camden 5,093 3,389 3,049 2,895 2,594 City of London 63 141 165 123 93 Croydon 4,611 4,722 4,647 4,376 4,643 Ealing 3,196 3,308 3,416 2,971 3,024 Enfield 4,350 3,577 4,494 4,301 4,553 Greenwich 3,417 2,922 3,084 3,295 3,530 Hackney 3,783 3,220 3,407 3,626 3,556 Hammersmith and Fulham 3,015 3,526 2,946 2,588 2,211 Haringey 3,433 3,539 1,966 1,678 1,613 Harrow 2,195 2,462 1,484 1,378 1,143 Havering 2,300 2,407 2,568 2,636 2,617 Hillingdon 2,791 3,009 2,532 2,302 2,148 Hounslow 3,510 1,932 2,125 1,865 1,593 Islington 2,908 4,020 2,677 1,970 1,973 Kensington and Chelsea 4,576 3,308 3,064 2,901 2,678 Kingston upon Thames 2,169 2,333 2,394 1,913 2,181 Lambeth 4,488 5,037 3,291 3,015 4,125 Lewisham 2,832 3,084 n/a n/a 1,454 Merton 2,529 2,593 1,362 2,085 2,084 Newham 3,280 2,535 2,645 3,138 4,047 Redbridge 2,301 2,533 1,992 2,276 2,755 Richmond upon Thames 3,497 3,086 2,166 1,966 1,900 Southwark 3,478 4,973 4,439 2,723 2,830 Sutton 2,285 2,234 2,351 2,643 2,528 Tower Hamlets 5,072 2,669 2,047 2,081 2,492 Waltham Forest 1,984 2,144 2,078 1,924 2,092 Wandsworth 5,202 n/a n/a n/a 1,961 Westminster 4,804 4,544 3,974 3,914 3,748 n/a = information not available. Note: Figures for London include estimates for missing local authority data. Source: Council Tax Base (CTB1) return from local authorities.
Equity Sharing: Sales
The term ‘HomeBuy Agents’ applies to those registered social landlords that have been appointed by the Housing Corporation to provide a ‘One Stop Shop’ for all low cost home ownership products funded by the Affordable Housing Programme. The introduction of HomeBuy Agents across the country in April 2006 has streamlined the application process for applicants and provided strict eligibility and affordability checks to ensure value for money for the public purse.
The financial incentives for registered social landlords to offer our New Build, Open Market and Social HomeBuy products are:
The availability of Government grant to:
cover the cost of the Government’s equity loan under Open Market HomeBuy;
cover the discount offered under Social HomeBuy;
contribute to the cost of developing New Build HomeBuy homes; and
assist with any associated administrative costs.
The receipts generated by the sale of shares under New Build and Social HomeBuy. The level of this incentive will vary depending on the size of the share sold. The higher the share sold, the higher the receipt. The original grant must be recycled to provide more affordable homes, the remaining receipt must only be spent on permitted activities.
The equity appreciation that could be earned on their stake in any low cost home ownership homes they provide.
The rental income generated by shared ownership sales under New Build HomeBuy and Social Homebuy. Again the level of this incentive will vary according to the size of share sold. The higher the share sold, the lower the rental income.
The freedom for landlords (this includes local authorities) offering Social HomeBuy to retain receipts for reinvestment in affordable housing to meet current housing needs.
The availability of alternative sources of subsidy for New Build HomeBuy including on site developer contributions through planning obligations and financial or land contributions from local authorities.
Other incentives include:
The ability to introduce tenure mix on estates and contribute to sustainable communities through New Build HomeBuy and Social HomeBuy sales.
Fire Services
Communities and Local Government have not issued any guidance on the use of flashing lights and sirens to the Fire and Rescue Service as this is an operational matter for individual Chief Officers.
First Time Buyers: Greater London
The following table shows the average age of first time buyers for London from 2002-06. Data at the London borough level is unavailable due to small sample sizes.
Median age of first-time buyers in London 2002 30 2003 32 2004 31 2005 30 2006 30 Source: Regulated Mortgage Survey, sitting tenants excluded
Floods
Regional Civil Contingencies Committees (RCCCs) are designed to be implemented in the case when an incident(s) within a Government Office region requires co-ordination at regional level. During the June flooding incidents, this was not necessary as the Strategic Co-ordination Groups within the regions managed the events locally.
During the recent flooding in Gloucester, the Government Office for the South West (GOSW) set up two meetings of the RCCC on 23 and 24 July. Both provided a useful opportunity for high-level, regional partners to hear about the flooding situation at first hand, to discuss resourcing issues and mutual aid, and to consider consequence management and longer term issues relating to recovery.
As the situation in Gloucestershire has become less critical, it has been agreed to stand down the RCCC, but with the option of reconvening it should the situation change. Meanwhile, RCCC members are being kept closely in touch with developments by e-mail, and considering ways of supporting the Strategic Co-ordination Group with preparatory work on recovery.
The effectiveness of the RCCC mechanism during the flooding will be assessed by the independently-led committee that will consider, more broadly, issues identified from these events.
Floods: EU Grants and Loans
In the last year no region of the UK has received aid from the European Commission Solidarity Fund in respect of either flood or other damage.
No such application has yet been made as we are currently collecting all the information necessary for us to assess the full financial effect of the damage before considering whether such an application could meet the strict criteria laid down for mobilising the Fund.
Floods: North Yorkshire
Authorities who notify the Department of their intention to claim Bellwin grant within one month of the commencement of the emergency will, under the established terms of the scheme, be able to claim grant for all eligible expenditure incurred on immediate action to safeguard life or property or to prevent severe inconvenience to the inhabitants, as set out in the legislation governing the scheme. On this occasion, as announced by the Prime Minister on 7 July, 100 per cent. grant will be paid on expenditure in excess of 0.2 per cent. of the authority's revenue budget, an increase on the normal 85 per cent. grant aid. Eligible expenditure up to six months from the commencement of the incident will count for grant, compared to the normal limit of two months.
Floods: Tewkesbury
I refer the hon. Member to the statement made by the Prime Minister on 25 July 2007, Official Report, column 832.
[holding answer 26 July 2007]: No such application has yet been made as we are currently collecting all the information necessary for us to assess the full financial effect of the damage caused by the June and July floods before deciding whether such an application could meet the strict criteria laid down for mobilising the Fund.
Home Information Packs
It is estimated that about 40 per cent. of home inspectors and domestic energy assessors will work part time. This has been taken into consideration in the Government’s plan for the roll-out of Home Information Packs.
This research is being updated in light of the changes to the implementation announced on 22 May and will be published in due course.
I refer the hon. Member to the dedicated Home Information Packs website for the most recently published national numbers of accredited assessors, together with a regional breakdown:
http://www.homeinformationpacks.gov.uk/industry/l63_Assessorinspectornums.html
We will be providing regular updates on this site.
There is already a sufficient number of assessors to introduce Home Information Packs and Energy Performance Certificates for four-bedroom properties and larger on 1 August 2008. The implementation update published on 11 June, a copy of which was placed in the House Library, states the criteria which will be used for the roll out of packs to other sized properties.
An estimate of the cost of producing a Home Information Pack is set out in the Impact Assessment published on 11 June.
[holding answer 23 July 2007]: I refer my hon. Friend to the answer given to the hon. Member for Surrey Heath (Michael Gove) on 25 June 2007 Official Report, column 164W.
We have put in place a robust enforcement regime to deal with those who do not comply with the new requirements. The Housing Act 2004 makes it clear that the responsibility to obtain a Home Information Pack is on the person responsible for marketing the property.
Homelessness
[holding answer 23 July 2007]: Information about local authorities' actions under homelessness legislation is collected quarterly at local authority level, in respect of households rather than people.
Information reported each quarter includes the number of households accepted by local authorities as eligible for assistance, unintentionally homeless and in priority need, and therefore owed a main homelessness duty. The duty owed to an accepted household is to secure suitable accommodation. If a settled home is not immediately available, the authority may secure temporary accommodation until a settled home becomes available.
This data is published in our quarterly statistical release on statutory homelessness, which includes a supplementary table showing the breakdown of key data, including acceptances and temporary accommodation, by each local authority, including Leeds, Bradford, Calderdale, Kirklees and Wakefield. This is published on our website and placed in the Library each quarter. The latest release was published on 11 June 2007 and contains data for the period January to March 2007:
http://www.communities.gov.uk/index.asp?id=1002882&PressNoticeID=2438.
Since 1998, information has also been collected on the number of people who sleep rough—that is, those who are literally roofless on a single night—and these are also published on our website, by local authority:
http://www.communities.gov.uk/pub/705/NationalRoughSleepingEstimate2006_id1502705.xls.
Local authorities do not specifically report data on the number under 16-year-olds affected by statutory homelessness.
The level of homelessness revenue funding to local authorities and voluntary sector agencies has increased by 23 per cent. from £60 million in 2004-05 to £74 million in 2007-08, to support them in their work on tackling and preventing homelessness effectively.
No changes have been made to the way funding is allocated to local authorities and voluntary sector agencies.
Homelessness: Greater London
The following table provides a breakdown of the level of rough sleeping in each London borough in each of the last five years. Data is taken from Housing Strategy and Statistical Appendix returns submitted by local authorities.
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 Barking and Dagenham 0 0 0 0 1 Barnet 0 0 0 0 0 Bexley 0 0 0 0 0 Brent 4 0 6 1 0 Bromley 0 0 0 0 0 Camden 28 13 5 17 10 City 41 36 22 12 25 Croydon 6 0 0 0 0 Ealing 4 0 4 1 1 Enfield 0 0 0 0 0 Greenwich 3 0 0 0 0 Hackney 11 7 8 7 6 Hammersmith and Fulham 4 2 3 2 6 Haringey 8 6 4 6 1 Harrow 0 0 0 1 0 Havering 0 0 0 1 1 Hillingdon 0 0 0 3 0 Hounslow 3 0 0 3 3 Islington 2 7 1 3 3 Kensington and Chelsea 6 6 10 12 10 Kingston upon Thames 0 0 0 0 0 Lambeth 12 11 12 7 9 Lewisham 1 0 0 3 3 Merton 0 0 0 0 0 Newham 0 6 3 0 0 Redbridge 5 5 0 0 0 Richmond upon Thames 6 6 0 0 0 Southwark 2 17 6 7 6 Sutton 0 0 0 0 0 Tower Hamlets 2 11 5 0 3 Waltham Forest 4 1 1 2 6 Wandsworth 0 0 0 0 0 Westminster 169 133 175 133 173 London 321 267 265 221 267
Households: Greater London
This information can be provided for England only as a whole.
Estimates of the average age of the main householder when his/her household was formed are set out in the table. The figures include households from all types of housing tenure—owner occupiers, social renters and private renters.
Survey year Male householder Female householder 2001-02 28 27 2002-03 29 25 2003-04 29 27 2004-05 28 26 2005-06 28 26 1 The main householder is the sole owner or tenant. If there are joint owners or tenants then the main householder is the person with the higher income. If the incomes are the same then the older of the two is the main householder. Source: Survey of English Housing.
Housing
The following table shows the number of starts of sites through the Housing Corporation's affordable housing programme and starter home initiative for social rented housing and low cost home ownership including intermediate housing by region for 2003-04, 2004-05 and 2005-06 and estimated numbers for 2006-7 and 2007-8. Starts on site are projected for each region and reviewed several times in the year.
The timing of developments means that numbers can fluctuate from one year to the next. Plans have been set out in the Housing Green Paper for a substantial increase in affordable housing over the next three years in every region.
Actual Estimated 2003-04 2004-05 2005-06 2006-07 2007-08 Region name LCHO RENT LCHO RENT LCHO RENT LCHO RENT LCHO RENT Eastern 310 1,941 955 2,575 1,169 1,829 1,450 4,039 981 2,327 East Midlands 342 891 858 1,171 823 1,328 1,034 1,368 524 678 London 3,731 6,090 5,110 6,051 4,163 5,189 4,327 6,559 2,617 5,693 North East 51 645 36 907 126 585 160 852 23 220 North West 419 1,660 620 1,637 716 1,396 660 1,619 333 397 South East 2,713 4,232 3,342 3,139 2,503 2,750 2,258 5,910 1,581 4,050 South West 433 2,748 872 1,904 1,056 1,768 960 2,886 757 2,121 West Midlands 283 1,598 651 1,747 576 710 875 1,811 477 1,025 Yorkshire and Humberside 65 1,312 176 1,225 287 1,488 500 1,203 396 908 Source: Housing Corporation
Housing Corporation: Manpower
On 30 June 2007 there were 14 staff in the Housing Corporation without a permanent post. There is a strategy in place to reduce this number to nil as the year progresses. All staff concerned remain effectively engaged in delivering key objectives set out in The Housing Corporation 2007-09 Corporate Plan.
Housing: Construction
[holding answer 23 July 2007]: We have published a Housing Green Paper which sets out the Government's plans for the level of affordable housing to be delivered in the years covered by the Comprehensive Spending Review, and the roles of housing associations and local authorities in delivering that.
Government have made clear that improving the supply of housing is a national priority. There is pressure on housing affordability in all parts of the country.
We have today published a Housing Green Paper that sets out further details of our proposals. This includes invitations to local authorities to come forward with proposals for further growth points and views on potential eco-town locations.
The detail of where additional housing will be located is a matter for regional and local planning processes and functions.
As the Planning White Paper “Planning for a Sustainable Future (Cm 7120)”, made clear, and the Housing Green Paper “Homes for the Future (Cm 7191)” confirmed, we are committed to the principles of the Green Belt and will make no fundamental change to Green Belt planning policy, as set out in Planning Policy Guidance note 2.
There remains a general presumption against inappropriate development in the Green Belt. Development in the Green Belt should not be approved except in very special circumstances.
In 2005 less than 1 per cent. of all new dwellings were built on greenfield Green Belt land.
Housing: Cornwall
[holding answer 24 July 2007]: The numbers of council homes sold through the right to buy scheme in 2005-06 by local authority area can be viewed on the Communities and Local Government website at:
http://www.communities.gov.uk/pub/383/Table648_id1156383.xls
Figures for 2006/07 are not yet available.
Sales of homes owned by registered social landlords are monitored by the Housing Corporation through the continuous recording (CORE) system. Sales by local authority area can be viewed on the CORE web site at:
http://www.core.ac.uk/core/hala-annual-reports.html#geosales.
Housing: Energy
An estimate of the number of energy performance certificates required each year to 2020 is included in the Regulatory Impact Assessment for the Energy Performance of Buildings (Certificates and Inspections) (England and Wales) Regulations 2007.
Housing: Flood Control
[holding answer 19 July 2007]: Planning Policy Statement (PPS) 3 “Housing” requires local planning authorities to identify specific sites which will deliver their housing numbers. In assessing what sites are suitable for inclusion in their plans, local planning authorities will need to consider PPS 25 “Development and Flood Risk” which ensures that flood risk is taken into account at all stages in the planning process to avoid inappropriate development in areas at risk of flooding, and to direct development away from areas at highest risk. Sites which do not meet the requirements of PPS3 and PPS25 should not be considered as suitable for housing use.
There is already a range of guidance available for householders on the action to take in the event of flooding.
For example, the guide “Preparing for floods” is available from the Planning Portal (www.planningportal.gov.uk) and provides guidance to property owners on how they can improve the flood resistance of their properties. It is also intended for use by developers, local planning authorities and others involved in construction of new buildings, and renovation of existing buildings, at risk of flooding.
The Environment Agency has also produced specific guidance on the use of sandbags with the Local Government Association. However in many cases there are better solutions for protecting domestic properties than sandbags such as floodboards and airbrick covers. Guidance on preparing for flooding and flood protection products is available on the Environment Agency's website
www.environment-agency.gov.uk/subjects/flood.
Following the recent floods we have been working closely with the Association of British Insurers (ABI) and have sent out information to flood affected local authorities on where people can go for free independent advice on insurance matters. Further information is also available on the ABI website (www.abi.org.uk/floodinfo) and the Financial Services Authority website
www.moneymadeclear.fsa.gov.uk.
Looking to the future, on 12 July 2007 the Secretary of State for the Department for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs announced a review to look at how the recent floods were managed and responded to by the Environment Agency, local authorities, the emergency services and others. One of the specific objectives of the review will be
“to ensure the public has as much access as possible to information on the risk of flooding to allow them to take appropriate precautions, be adequately informed on developments as an emergency unfolds, and be looked after properly in the immediate aftermath.”
We would expect that proposals on guidance plans for householders in the event of flooding will be considered as part of the review. We aim to publish the initial findings of the review by the end of the year and subsequently a formal Government report.
Housing: Greater London
(2) what percentage of homes built for key workers in London have been sold to key workers in each year since the inception of key worker homes.
The Government offer housing assistance to key workers under the Key Worker Living (KWL) scheme in areas experiencing severe recruitment and retention difficulties. Key Worker Living funding is divided between Open Market HomeBuy (equity loans to purchase properties on the open market) and new build products such as New Build HomeBuy (shared ownership of newly built homes) and intermediate rent (newly built homes where the rent is set at a level between that charged by social and private landlords).
The number of newly built homes only available for, and sold or let to, key workers in London since the launch of KWL in 2004 is provided in the following table. We do not have the figures requested on an annual basis.
The table shows that, of the units that had not been sold or let, 58 were under offer from key workers, 608 had been marketed to key workers for less than three months and 170 had been marketed to key workers for between three and six months. It normally takes between three and six months to market and sell a unit. So to date, 67 per cent. of new build homes only available to key workers under Key Worker Living have been sold or let to key workers.
Programme Available for KWs only Marketed for three months or less Marketed for between three to six months Under offer Sold/Let to key workers Intermediate rent 980 217 34 4 725 KWL shared ownership (Mixed funded sale) 1,523 391 136 54 941 Total 2,502 608 170 58 1,666 Source: Housing Corporation
Since the introduction of the New Build HomeBuy product in April 2006, we no longer fund specific key worker only schemes. Instead key workers access our New Build HomeBuy programme as a priority group alongside other priorities such as social tenants. Any key worker specific schemes yet to complete will have been funded under old shared ownership programmes.
In addition to the numbers in the table above, we have helped 4,982 key workers in London through our KWL Open Market HomeBuy scheme and 4,168 key workers in London through the Starter Home Initiative (SHI). SHI was the predecessor to KWL and ran from 2001-2004. The majority of SHI completions were as Open Market HomeBuy, with a small number of newly built units that were grant funded via an equity loan for the purchaser.
Since the launch of KWL the Housing Corporation has been collecting data on when the construction of a scheme has been completed and when the final unit has been occupied. The purpose of this data is to actively manage the portfolio of new build properties and take action to prevent long term voids—it does not permit us to produce an average of the time it takes from completion of construction to occupation of individual units.
Responsibility for marketing and sale of the units lies with Registered Social Landlords (RSLs) and Homebuy Agents. The longest period of time that a unit built exclusively for key workers on our intermediate rent and shared ownership schemes has been unoccupied is 12 months and 20 months respectively. The former property remained unoccupied for this amount of time due to delays as a result of prospective tenants dropping out which meant that the property had to be remarketed. The latter property remained unoccupied as a result of legal issues, which were only recently resolved. These were exceptional circumstances and the Department has made clear to RSLs operating the scheme that speedy action needs to be taken when legal or other problems arise.
At present there are no properties available exclusively for key workers that have been unsold for more than six months.
Housing: Hampshire
There have been no reported local authority dwellings built in Hampshire local authorities and unitary authorities since 1997.
Between 1 April 1997 and 31 March 2006, the following units of affordable housing (social rent and intermediate (e.g. low cost home ownership)) were built or acquired by Registered Social Landlords on behalf of Hampshire local authorities and the unitary authorities of Portsmouth and Southampton.
1997-98 1998-99 1999-2000 2000-01 2001-02 2002-03 2003-04 2004-05 2005-06 Portsmouth UA 236 201 190 205 295 153 — 130 304 Southampton UA 296 330 231 280 160 317 257 301 301 Hampshire 1,612 1,361 991 913 1,058 949 1,602 1,396 1,219 Basingstoke and Deane 426 299 223 122 260 220 459 269 252 East Hampshire 160 68 131 105 118 61 256 131 86 Eastleigh 193 148 114 79 59 60 177 260 75 Fareham 55 103 67 111 58 44 31 63 8 Gosport 143 66 20 67 3 75 118 76 Hart 86 42 112 40 38 98 142 230 132 Havant 128 178 73 91 114 111 96 27 142 New Forest 155 170 144 152 210 63 119 76 145 Rushmoor 203 214 46 46 93 94 197 130 234 Test Valley 63 73 61 100 76 195 50 92 69 Source: Statistical returns from local authorities, Housing Corporation
Housing: Infrastructure
General requirements on these matters are set out in planning policy documents issued by Government and by individual local planning authorities. Planning authorities should, in working out where within their areas development should go, discuss with infrastructure providers what standards are needed. This should mean that when plans are adopted they are fully deliverable not only in terms of housing development but also in terms of the supporting infrastructure.
For particular developments the requirements are likely to be arrived at by a process of negotiation, taking account of the particular circumstances. A prospective developer may find it helpful to have pre-application discussions with the local planning authority and to consult the relevant statutory undertakers.
Housing: Inspections
To date three Home Inspectors Certification schemes have been approved, along with nine domestic energy accreditation schemes.
Home Inspectors Certification Schemes; BRE: RICS and SAVA.
Domestic Energy Accreditation Schemes: BRE; EPC Direct; EPC Ltd; Elmhurst; HIeu Ltd; Northgate; Quidos; NES; RICS.
The Department does not disclose any legal advice or whether or not it has sought or obtained it due to the fact that it is subject to legal professional privilege.
Housing: Leeds
Information on new house building is collected at local authority level only. The numbers of new homes built in Leeds local authority area are tabulated. It is not possible to distinguish between owner occupied and private rent. The numbers of affordable homes built for Registered Social Landlords are for social rent or intermediate housing (e.g. low cost home ownership). The local authority figures are new build for social rent.
Not all affordable housing supply is through new build completions, supply can also come from the acquisition and refurbishment of private sector homes. Between 1 April 1997 and 31 March 2006 there were an additional 637 affordable homes supplied by Registered Social Landlords, on behalf of Leeds local authority, which are not shown in the table. Figures for 2006-07 are not yet available.
All private sector completions1 Registered Social Landlord2 (affordable) Local authority1 (social rent) Total new build completions 1997-98 1,034 404 16 1,454 1998-99 1,196 262 1 1,459 1999-2000 1,698 254 0 1,952 2000-01 1,855 129 0 1,984 2001-02 1,589 339 0 1,928 2002-03 1,748 254 0 2,002 2003-04 2,829 119 0 2,948 2004-05 2,852 271 0 3,123 2005-06 2,821 408 0 3,229 Sources: 1 P2 house building returns from local authorities and National House-Building Council. 2 Housing Corporation.
Housing: Low Incomes
[holding answer 22 May 2007]: The Government offer housing assistance to key workers under the Key Worker Living (KWL) scheme in areas experiencing severe recruitment and retention difficulties. Key Worker Living funding is divided between Open Market HomeBuy (equity loans to purchase properties on the open market) and new build products such as New Build HomeBuy (shared ownership of newly built homes) and intermediate rent (newly built homes where the rent is set at a level between that charged by social and private landlords).
As at March 2007, 5,845 newly built homes had been made available for key workers only in London, South East and Eastern regions through the Key Worker Living programme, of which 4,577 have been sold/let with a further 268 under offer. Of the 1,000 homes currently being marketed to key workers, 800 of these have been completed only in the last three months and a further 200 homes have been marketed for three to six months. It normally takes between three and six months to market and sell a unit. None of the properties currently available for key workers have remained unsold for more than six months.
The number of newly built homes only available for, and sold or let to, key workers since the launch of KWL in 2004 is provided in the following table. We do not have the figures requested on an annual basis.
Programme Available to KWs only Unoccupied (marketed) for three months or less Unoccupied (marketed) for between three and six months Under offer Sold/let to key workers Intermediate rent 2,644 231 36 12 2,365 KWL shared ownership (mixed funded sale) 3,201 569 164 256 2,212 Total 5,845 800 200 268 4,577
(2) what assessment she has made of the effect on the take-up rate of the Social Homebuy scheme of tenants purchasing an equity stake assuming financial responsibility for all maintenance costs;
(3) what liability a tenant has for freehold-related maintenance costs if they purchase an equity stake in a leasehold property under the Social Homebuy scheme.
I refer to the answer given to the hon. Member on 30 April 2007, Official Report, column 1518W.
Housing association and local authority tenants who purchase a share in a house are responsible for all repairs and redecoration both internally and externally. Purchasers buying a share in a flat will be responsible for internal repairs and will contribute a share of the costs incurred by their landlord in maintaining the building and common parts. Details are set out in their shared ownership lease.
The Social HomeBuy pilot scheme is running until March 2008 and is subject to an ongoing independent evaluation. Initial indications from early participants are that responsibility for all maintenance may contribute to affordability and sustainability issues, particularly for tenants purchasing smaller shares. The Government are exploring various options for improving affordability for tenants.
Information is not readily available in the format requested.
The numbers of new build completions are shown in table A and the total supply of affordable housing is shown in table B. Since affordable housing provision includes new build and acquisitions they are not directly comparable with the total new build only figures used in this draft and it would not be appropriate to calculate percentages.
Cornwall is defined as the local districts of Caradon, Carrick, Kerrier, North Cornwall, Penwith, Restormel and the Isles of Scilly.
1997-98 1998-99 1999-2000 2000-01 2001-02 2002-03 2003-04 2004-05 2005-06 England 149,555 140,708 142,046 133,255 129,866 137,739 143,958 155,893 163,398 South West 19,003 15,825 15,892 14,972 15,598 15,729 15,984 17,411 18,761 Cornwall 1,513 1,918 1,800 2,094 1,983 1,851 1,681 1,688 1,623 Source: P2 Housing building returns as reported by local authorities
1997-98 1998-99 1999-2000 2000-01 2001-02 2002-03 2003-04 2004-05 2005-06 England 47,269 42,312 33,718 32,156 32,143 32,063 37,064 36,000 44,861 South West 5,287 4,577 3,926 3,500 3,397 3,308 3,749 3,470 4,647 Cornwall 545 591 307 424 300 321 334 260 432 Source: Statistical returns from local authorities, Housing Corporation
[holding answer 12 July 2007]: The Prime Minister has announced plans to raise the annual housing supply target for 2016 from 200,000 to 240,000 additional homes a year.
We have published a Housing Green Paper that sets out further details of our proposals, including Government’s plans for the level of affordable housing to be delivered in the years covered by the Comprehensive Spending Review.
The detail of where additional affordable housing will be located is a matter for regional and local planning processes and functions.
Officials would be happy to enter into discussions with church authorities about the potential for the development of affordable housing on their vacant or surplus sites.
Proposals to increase the supply of affordable housing were set out in the Housing Green Paper. These include proposals to strengthen the role of local authorities in meeting local housing needs.
Proposals to increase the supply of social rented homes are set out in the Housing Green Paper. These include proposals to strengthen the role of local authorities in meeting local housing needs.
In 2006-07 we delivered the following number of affordable homes:
2006-07 2007-08 Suffolk 709 802 East of England 4,373 5,799
The Housing Green Paper set out proposals to increase housing and also affordable housing in every region. Further details of the regional breakdown of investment will be set out later in the year.
The number of new build affordable dwellings built on behalf of Suffolk local authorities since 1997-98 is in the following table. Affordable dwellings are defined as social rent and intermediate housing e.g. low cost home ownership.
Number of dwellings 1997-98 366 1998-99 250 1999-2000 251 2000-01 297 2001-02 301 2002-03 396 2003-04 363 2004-05 266 2005-06 635 Source: Housing Corporation
New build registered social landlord and council dwellings only make up part of the affordable supply, the remainder being acquired by registered social landlords. Between 1997-98 and 2005-06, acquisitions by registered social landlords numbered 1,737, taking the total affordable housing provision in Suffolk to 4,862 over the period.
Suffolk is defined as the local authorities of Babergh, Forest Heath, Ipswich, Mid Suffolk, St. Edmundsbury, Suffolk Coastal and Waveney.
[holding answer 23 July 2007]: We have published a Housing Green Paper which sets out the Government's plans for the level of affordable housing to be delivered in the years covered by the Comprehensive Spending Review.
Regional assemblies will be asked for their advice on housing spending priorities in their areas. This will include levels of spend on different elements of the National Affordable Housing Programme and spatial distribution. This advice will be provided in the context of work which has already been done by the regional assemblies as part of the preparation of Regional Spatial Strategies in their role as regional planning bodies
The Design for Manufacture competition was run by English Partnerships (EP) on behalf of Communities and Local Government. The aim of the competition was to deliver more than 1,100 high quality, well designed homes on ten publicly owned sites for a construction cost of £60,000 per unit. In order to ensure mixed communities, the homes will provide a mix of accommodation under a variety of tenures: affordable rent, shared ownership and private sale at full market value. The aspiration is to reach 50 per cent. affordable housing of all tenures across the 10 sites, significantly higher than the percentage of affordable housing achieved through section 106 agreements.
The homes for affordable rent will be transferred into the ownership of the registered social landlord (RSL) partnering the preferred developer on each site and will not therefore be offered for sale. The remaining affordable homes will be available for those who qualify for shared ownership arrangements, either through the First Time Buyers Initiative operated by EP or through the Homebuy scheme operated by RSLs. Should the purchaser under the shared ownership arrangements take the decision to sell, EP and the RSL have the right of first refusal to buy back the home. Should they not exercise this right, they would in any case benefit from any uplift in value on the proportion of the equity which they retain when the home is sold on.
The homes for private sale are being sold at full market value and will not therefore be subject to any restriction upon re-sale.
The Government published their response to the Cave Review on 19 June 2007 in “Delivering Housing and Regeneration—Communities England and the Future of Social Housing Regulation”.
Social homebuy is a voluntary scheme and information on the number of households who are eligible for the scheme is not available. 78 registered social landlords and seven local authorities are currently piloting the scheme. Some landlords are offering the scheme widely across their stock. Others are targeting specific estates, locations or local authority areas.
The right to buy is available to eligible secure tenants of local authorities and registered social landlords (RSLs). The number of dwellings owned and let by local authorities is just over two million. However, no information is available on the number of tenants who are eligible for the right to buy.
Assured tenants of housing associations who were transferred with their homes from local authorities have a preserved right to buy—approximately one million dwellings to date.
Approximately 200,500 RSL tenants may qualify for the right to acquire scheme introduced by the Housing Act 1996 because their homes have been built with public funds since 1 April 1997. Tenants of homes transferred from local authorities after the same date may also qualify for the right to acquire scheme, including those tenants who retain a preserved right to buy.
The average capital value of a house bought under the three homebuy schemes is:
£ Social homebuy pilots 155,000 New build homebuy 168,789 Open market homebuy 156,510
This is the full value of the property, regardless of the size of the share bought.
A table showing the number of starts in each local authority in England for the last three years has been placed in the Library of the House.
Figures are based on building control inspections as reported by each local authority on the quarterly P2 return to Communities and Local Government. New build starts as reported by the National House Building Council are added to provide a measure of overall activity. Local authority figures presented are as reported and do not include estimates where local authority returns are missing.
Since April 2004, 15,438 key workers have been helped into a new home through the Key Worker Living (KWL) programme in England. KWL only operates in London, South East and East of England. Therefore, no key workers have received assistance through the KWL programme in Weston-Super-Mare or the South West of England.
However key workers on low to modest incomes outside the KWL regions can receive help through the Government’s wider HomeBuy programme which enables first time buyers to buy a share of a home and get a first step on the housing ladder. We do not hold data centrally on how many key workers have been helped through this route.
Since April 2005, we have assisted 10,862 key workers, through the Key Worker Living Programme. We are on track to delivering our commitment to help 30,000 key workers to find a home from 2005 to 2010.
The Open Market HomeBuy product which is provided in partnership with lenders, enables purchasers to buy a property on the open market with the help of two 12.5 per cent. equity loans, one from Government and one from a lender. If house prices fall, and the property is sold, the proceeds of the sale are used to firstly pay off the balance of the mortgage and then the value of the lender's equity loan. For three of the participating lenders this will be the original value of the equity loan, as they do not share in a fall in value. For one lender the loan will have fallen in value to reflect the fall in value of the property.
If the house price has fallen dramatically, then the proceeds of the sale may not cover all of these debts. If the proceeds are not sufficient to pay off the lender's conventional mortgage and equity loan then they have 'recourse' to the borrower. This means that the borrower is still in debt to the lender after the property is sold.
Government, however, do not have recourse to the borrower. This means that if there are not sufficient proceeds from the sale, Government are not paid and cannot recover the debt from the borrower. This means that Open Market HomeBuy purchasers are less vulnerable to negative equity than those with a purely conventional mortgage.
The Government have recently published two documents that set out its plans to lever in more private finance to the social housing sector. First the consultation paper Delivering Housing and Regeneration: Communities England and the future of social housing; and second the Housing Green Paper—Homes for the future: more affordable, more sustainable.
In addition, The Housing Corporation, in their publication "Unlocking the Door: Delivering more homes from the Comprehensive Spending Review 2007", concluded that there is additional financial capacity within the Housing Association sector and scope for efficiency savings. Housing Associations themselves believe that savings that absorb likely land and build cost inflation of 6 per cent. annually are possible over the next three years.
Housing: Overcrowding
The Government will set out further proposals on overcrowding later in the year. We have invested over £40 million in London pilot schemes to provide innovative solutions to some of the worst cases of overcrowding and have made the provision of new social housing a priority in the comprehensive spending review.
Housing: Parking
Planning Policy Statement 3 (PPS3) does not prescribe car parking standards or limits for residential development. Local authorities should set their own residential parking policies, taking account of expected levels of car ownership, the importance of promoting good design and the need to use land efficiently.
Housing: Peterborough
(2) how many new affordable houses were built in Peterborough unitary authority area in each of the last five years.
The following table shows the total number of properties purchased under low cost home ownership schemes in each of the last five years for the area covered by Peterborough city council. This information is not held on a constituency basis.
The shared ownership schemes (currently known as New Build HomeBuy) have allowed applicants buy a share of a property (from 25 per cent. to 75 per cent.) and pay rent to a housing association on the remaining share which they do not own.
Shared ownership Shared equity Peterborough 2002-03 0 7 2003-04 4 5 2004-05 6 12 2005-06 35 20 2006-071 40 4 1 Provisional. Source: Housing Corporation.
The shared equity schemes (currently known as Open Market HomeBuy) have enabled people to buy a property on the open market with the help of equity loans. Under the current scheme purchasers buy the property outright, but only need to raise around 75 per cent. of the purchase price of their home from a conventional mortgage. The balance is made up by two equity loans, each of around 12.5 per cent. of the purchase price. One loan comes from Government through a HomeBuy Agent and the other comes from one of four mortgage lenders participating in the HomeBuy scheme. For the remainder of 2007-08, we are expanding the range of Open Market HomeBuy products. From 23 July we are offering a new 17.5 per cent. Government equity loan which purchasers will be able to use more flexibly as a deposit and take to any lender on the open market. This will complement the existing products and offer greater choice to purchasers.
The following table shows the total affordable housing in Peterborough including homes for both affordable rent and low cost home ownership (as detailed in the previous table) that have been provided either through new build or acquisition and refurbishment.
Low cost home ownership Affordable homes for rent Total affordable housing provided Peterborough 2002-03 7 82 89 2003-04 9 0 9 2004-05 18 142 160 2005-06 55 44 99 2006-071 44 67 111 1 Provisional.
Housing: Prices
The information requested cannot be derived by local housing authority due to the sample size of first time buyers (FTBs) from the Regulated Mortgage Survey data. However the ratios between the mean average price of a house for first time buyers and (a) mean average wages and (b) mean average household incomes at a regional level are presented in the following table for Q1 2007. The usual comparison used by the Government and the National Housing and Planning Advice Unit involves lower quartile earnings compared to lower quartile house prices.
Government Office Region (a) (b) North East 4.3 4.5 North West 4.5 4.4 Yorks and Humber 4.5 4.4 East Midlands 4.6 4.6 West Midlands 4.9 5.0 Eastern 5.8 5.2 London 6.5 7.0 South East 6.0 5.1 South West 6.0 5.4 England 5.6 5.4 Notes: 1. Figures have been derived using: Q1 2007 average house prices for first time buyers from the Regulated Mortgage Survey. 2. Average wages based on the ONS Annual Survey of Hours and Earnings (ASHE) as at April 2006 and up-rated to Q1 2007 using the ONS Average Earnings Index (AEI), average household earnings based on the CLG Survey of English Housing (SEH) for 2005-06 and up-rated to Q1 2007 using the ONS Average Earnings Index (AEI).
Housing: Private Finance Initiative
The Housing Private Finance Initiative schemes approved by the Department since May 1997 are listed by local authority in the following table:
Local authority Project name Status Ashford Borough Council Stanhope Estate1 Signed 2007-08 Cheshire County Council Extra Care Housing Project In procurement Coventry City Council New Homes for Old Signed 2005-06 Derby City Council Inner City Regeneration Round 3 Additional Social Rented Scheme Signed 2000-01 in procurement Kent County Council Better Homes Active Lives In procurement Kirklees Metropolitan Council Excellent Homes for Life1 In procurement Leeds City Council Swarcliffe Independent Living1Little London1 Signed 2004-05 in procurement In procurement London Borough of Brent Social Housing and Adult Care In procurement London Borough of Camden Chalcots1 Signed 2006-07 London Borough of Croydon New for Old Signed 2005-06 London Borough of Hammersmith And Fulham Homes for Older People Signed 2003-04 London Borough of Islington Islington Street Properties 11Islington Street Properties 21 Signed 2002-03 Signed 2006-07 London Borough of Lambeth Myatts Field1 In procurement London Borough of Lewisham Brockley1 Signed 2007-08 London Borough of Newham Canning Town1 Forest Gate1 Signed 2005-06 In procurement Manchester City Council Ardwick-Plymouth Grove1Brunswick Miles Platting1 Signed 2002-03 in procurement Signed 2006-07 North East Derbyshire District Council Holmewood Signed 1998-99 Oldham Metropolitan Borough Council Sheltered Housing Gateways to Oldham1 Signed 2006-07 in procurement Reading Borough Council North Whitley1 Signed 2003-04 Sandwell Metropolitan Borough Council Hawthorns Fields1 Signed 2005-06 Selby District Council Non-HRA PFI Project One Signed 2003-04 Warrington Borough Council Anson and Blenheim Phase 1 Signed 2004-05 Phase 2 Signed 2006-07 West Wiltshire District Council Round 3 Additional Social Rented Scheme In procurement 1 Indicates schemes in the Department's Decent Homes/Mixed Communities PFI Programme.
Decent Homes/Mixed Communities PFI schemes
refurbishment and/or reprovision of existing council stock, including elements of regeneration; properties remain in council ownership and tenants remain tenants of the local authority; and
Additional social rented housing PFI schemes
new build units or the acquisition and refurbishment of non-decent private sector dwellings. In these schemes, the new housing is owned by the PFI contractor (usually a registered social landlord, RSL) not the council.
A further seven schemes are developing outline business cases. If these are approved, they will enter the procurement stage. The local authorities developing outline business cases are as follows:
Guildford borough council—Additional Social Rented scheme
London borough of Lewisham—Chrysalis — Decent Homes scheme
Manchester city council—Collyhurst—Decent Homes scheme
Medway council—Shaws Wood and Woodlands Care Courts—Additional Social Rented scheme
North Tyneside council—Homes for the Future—Decent Homes scheme
Salford city council—Creating a New Pendleton—Decent Homes scheme
Woking borough council—Additional Social Rented scheme.
In addition, there are also two combined heating and power schemes which have been funded through the programme in Manchester city council and London borough of Tower Hamlets.
Housing: Regeneration
Copies of the funding agreements for 2006-07 between each pathfinder and the Department have been placed in the Library of the House. Funding agreements for 2007-08 are currently being finalised—when complete, copies of these will also be placed in the Libraries of both Houses.
Housing: Standards
Following the meeting with the Citizens Advice Bureau, it was agreed that further consideration would be given to exploring potential solutions to the issue of retaliatory eviction facing tenants who exercised their statutory rights with respect to repairs being completed in the property they rent.
Ministers’ meetings with outside bodies are undertaken on a confidential basis. It is not the Department’s practice to disclose the details of what was discussed in such meetings.
[holding answer 26 July 2007]: As the Housing Health and Safety Rating System was implemented in 2006-07, We do not yet have data on assessments of hazards, data will be available in 2007-08.
[holding answer 24 July 2007]: The independent report by the Williams Commission was commissioned by the Housing Corporation. It makes a very valuable contribution to the debate on urban design and affordable housing. Officials will be considering the recommendations made to Government and discussing them with the Housing Corporation and Planning Inspectorate.
Housing: Sustainable Development
By the end of June 2007, the Buildings Research Establishment (who administer the scheme and train and accredit assessors) advise us that 432 trained and accredited assessors were available to undertake assessments for the Code for Sustainable Homes (the Code), and that they are training approximately 50 assessors a month and anticipate having approximately 900 assessors in place by April 2008.
The Code involves a two-stage assessment process. At design-stage the different types of homes in a development are assessed rather than each individual home; the post construction check is against a sample of the home-types that have been completed. The Government are consulting on proposals for homes to receive a mandatory rating but not a mandatory assessment. Some homes might therefore have no assessment and simply receive a zero rating or non rating. Therefore, it is not clear yet how many assessors would be needed. If new house building were to be around 165,000 new homes and all of these were assessed against the Code, the existing 432 assessors would need to carry out 51 assessments each a year. Based on the current growth assessor numbers the estimated 900 assessors available in April 2008 would need to carry out about 25 assessments each a year. These figures are based on the average development size, and the number of different types of properties on each development. In the past year one assessor has completed 60 assessments and registered a further 350 against the Code or its predecessor Ecohomes. These issues will be considered further as part of the consultation.
Housing: Valuation
There is no answer under the head “Housing: Valuation” of 26 June 2007, Official Report, column 633W. I refer the hon. Member to the answer given on 26 June 2007, Official Report, column 641W.
A standard greenhouse would not be classified by the Valuation Office Agency as an outbuilding.
I refer the hon. Member to the answer given on 26 June 2007, Official Report, column 630W, to the hon. Member for Surrey Heath (Michael Gove).
Housing: Warrington
Three surplus public sector sites in Warrington are on the Register of Surplus Public Sector land. They are:
the former Police Training Centre, Bruche, owned by the Home Office/National Police Improvement Agency;
a small piece of land in Delenty Drive, owned by the local PCT; and
former railway/ viaduct land owned by British Railways Board (Residuary) Ltd.
Of these, the Bruche site has been identified as having the potential for housing development. English Partnerships is taking forward discussions with the Home Office over its purchase to enable the provision of housing including affordable homes. English Partnerships has also discussed the former railway land with the British Railways Board (Residuary) Ltd. Following these discussions, two other surplus sites have been identified recently which are currently being assessed for housing potential.
After considering the Delenty Drive site with the primary care trust, English Partnerships and Warrington borough council have ruled out its potential for housing development because of its size.
English Partnerships is also examining the results of the second round competition for the First Time Buyers’ Initiative for further housing development opportunities in Warrington. The competition closed on 16 July and is aimed at developing potential First Time Buyers’ Initiative schemes on current or former public sector land.
Further discussions are continuing with all central Government Departments and their agencies about bringing forward more land for housing development.
INTERREG Programme
Communities and Local Government is the lead Government Department for the EU’s INTERREG programme.
Land: Databases
The typology for previously-developed land used in the National Land Use Database of Previously-Developed Land (NLUD-PDL) comprises vacant and derelict sites, and sites in use which the local authority has identified as possibly available for redevelopment. It includes residential as well as other land, however there is an optional minimum threshold of 0.25 hectares and therefore it generally does not include small sites.
Local Area Agreements
The Local Government White Paper “Strong and Prosperous Communities” put local area agreements (LAAs) at the heart of the new performance framework for local government.
From 2008 new LAAs will be the only means by which central Government can agree targets for those outcomes delivered by local government alone or in partnership, drawn from the new national indicator set.
Further information on the new arrangements for LAAs can be found in the publication “Developing the future arrangements for Local Area Agreements” on the Communities and Local Government website at:
http://www.communities.gov.uk/index.asp?id=1506327.
New local area agreements will cover the period April 2008 to March 2011 in line with the new public service agreement (PSA) framework. Targets in the new agreements will be drawn from the national indicator set to be published following the Comprehensive Spending Review 2007 in the autumn.
Local Government Executive: Referendums
There have been 34 such referendums in England and one in Wales.
Local Government Finance
Formula grant, which comprises Revenue Support Grant, redistributed business rates, principal formula Police Grant, SSA Reduction Grant (SSA Review), SSA Reduction Grant (Police Funding Review) and Central Support Protection Grant, where appropriate, is an unhypothecated block grant i.e. authorities are free to spend it on any service. This, together with the method of calculating the distribution to authorities, particularly floor damping, means that it is not possible to say how much grant has been provided for any particular service such as education.
The following table shows the amount of formula grant provided to all local authorities since 1997-98. Prior to 2006-07, the services covered by formula grant included schools; from 2006-07 onwards support for schools has been funded through the Dedicated Schools Grant. The table therefore also shows the total amount of Dedicated Schools Grant provided to authorities in 2006-07 and 2007-08.
Current year's Formula Grant) Dedicated Schools Grant Total 1998-99 35,436.867 — 35,436.867 1999-2000 37,110.829 — 37,110.829 2000-01 38,516.380 — 38,516.380 2001-02 40,024.446 — 40,024.446 2002-03 40,323.132 — 40,323.132 2003-04 43,894.370 — 43,894.370 2004-05 46,124.222 — 46,124.222 2005-06 49,015.925 — 49,015.925 2006-07 24,813.914 26,573.838 51,387.752 2007-08 25,633.008 28,031.350 53,664.358
Please note that it is not possible to compare these data directly due to transfers in funding and function.
According to data from the local authorities concerned, the funding which has been available for allocation under participatory budgeting in pilot areas, and its source, is set out as follows. This funding covers more than one financial year:
Area Funding source Amount (£) Bradford Neighbourhood Renewal Fund 779,531 Safer and Stronger Communities Fund 309,967 Newcastle Neighbourhood Renewal Fund 260,507 Sunderland New Deal for Communities in East End and Hendon 130,000 New Deal for Communities (including re-profiled funds) 23,000,000 (of which 2,350,000 was re-profiled.) East Area Committee, Local Authority Funding 20,000 Salford Local Authority Transport capital programme, “other minor works” funding devolved to Claremont and Weaste Community Committee 100,000 Manton Neighbourhood Management Pathfinder 50,000 Lewisham Neighbourhood Renewal Fund 37,500 Local Authority core funds (spending priorities for these funds to be decided in September) 7,500
The funding to be available for allocation in the remaining four areas is being agreed.
No. However the Department sponsors the Participatory Budgeting Unit, a Third Sector project managed by the Church Action on Poverty, which is involved in the pilots. A grant of £210,000 over three years from 2004 to 2007; and an additional £30,000 for this current year until March 2008, have been awarded by the Department for funding the Unit's core costs.
Five of the participatory budgeting areas identified by the Secretary of State earlier this month were already engaged in the pilot process.
Local Government Services: Inflation
In common with other Government Departments, Communities and Local Government uses the HM Treasury Gross Domestic Product (GDP) Deflator to measure money changes in real terms.
Local Government: Cumbria
[holding answer 23 July 2007]: We received representations from the Better Government for Cumbria Group on 25 January, 28 March and 22 June 2007. These were taken into account before we announced our decisions on which proposals should proceed towards implementation in my statement on 25 July 2007, Official Report, column 68WS.
Local Government: Finance
We made it clear in the Invitation to Councils, published in October 2006, that all proposals will need to be self-financing and central Government will accept no liability for any miscalculation or cost overrun in the final outturn.
Local Government: Flags
I have been asked to reply.
Local authorities can decide for themselves when they wish to fly the Union Flag. However, as some choose to follow Government guidance, we have updated the flag flying section of the DCMS website (www.culture.gov.uk/flagflying) and informed the Local Government Association. This follows the announcement by the Secretary of State for Culture, Media and Sport allowing all UK Government Departments to have the freedom to fly the Union Flag when they wish while the Department carry out a consultation on altering the flag flying guidance.
Local Government: Grants
The percentage of local government revenue expenditure financed by specific grants in England in each year since 1997-98 and the estimated figures for 2006-07 and 2007-08 are in the following table.
The table is produced on a non-Financial Reporting Standard (FRS17) basis to 2003-04 and on an FRS17 basis from 2003-04 onwards. The main implication is that the costs of entitlements to retirement benefits (pensions) in FRS17 are accounted for in the year in which employment gives rise to the entitlement, rather than the year in which cash payments of contributions or pensions take place. On an FRS17 basis revenue expenditure is now financed by appropriations from pension reserves, in addition to appropriations from other reserves, revenue support grant, redistributed non-domestic rates, police grant and council tax.
Proportion excluding education Proportion including education Non-FRS17 basis 1997-98 5 4 1998-99 6 5 1999-2000 6 5 2000-01 7 8 2001-02 9 11 2002-03 13 14 2003-04 — 18 FRSI7 basis 2003-041 — 17 2004-051 — 77 2005-061 — 17 2006-071 — 44 2007-081 — 44 1Most specific grants are allocated to particular service areas. However, there are a number of specific grants which can fund a variety of services. The increasing proportion of such grants means that, from 2003-04, it is no longer possible to give accurate figures for specific grants by service block. Source: Communities and Local Government Revenue Outturn (RO) returns 1997-98 to 2005-06. Communities and Local Government Revenue Account (RA) Budget returns 2006-07 to 2007-08.
The large change in specific grant from 2006-07 onwards is largely due to changes in the way the expenditure on schools is funded. Local authorities now receive dedicated schools grant, included in specific grants, replacing funding previously included in formula grant.
The definition of local government revenue expenditure used here is that expenditure funded from Aggregate External Finance (AEF), council tax and authorities' reserves. AEF is central Government revenue funding that comprises formula grant (revenue support grant, redistributed business rates and police grant), general Greater London Authority (GLA) grant and specific grants inside AEF, i.e. revenue grants paid for council's core services. The specific grants used here are the specific grants inside AEF.
Comparisons across years may not be valid due to changing local authority responsibilities.
Local Government: ICT
(2) what steps she is taking to address the technical and cultural barriers which constrain the use of ICT and mobile technology in local government.
The Regional Improvement and Efficiency Partnerships are tasked with promoting efficiency and improvement among councils in their area. They undertake a range of activities to address barriers through such means as dissemination of good practice.
In addition, the Department has created a national project on mobile working (NOMAD) as part of the local e-government programme. NOMAD www.projectnomad.org.uk, which is owned now by Cambridgeshire county council, is a centre of excellence established specifically to promote mobile and flexible working in local services, receiving contributions from both commercial suppliers of mobile technologies, and many local authorities.
(2) what assessment has been made of the costs and benefits of mobile and wireless technology in local government and service delivery; and if she will make a statement.
The benefits guide to the Project Nomad e-government project (www.projectnomad.org) estimates potential savings from that project of the order of £54 million with an additional value added of £170 million. Other activities, such as those supported by the Regional Improvement and Efficiency Partnerships will also have a role to play in enhancing efficiency through these means.
Local Government: Pay
I cannot comment on a case which is currently under appeal.
Local Government: Reform
I refer the hon. Member to my written statement of 25 July 2007, Official Report, columns 68WS.
It is not Government policy to release cabinet committee correspondence.
Local Government: Standards
The Comprehensive Spending Review which is currently under way will shape the new national indicator set for local government. Departments have been consulting key stakeholders, including local authorities and representative organisations where appropriate, on their proposals for Public Service Agreements, Delivery Agreements and associated indicators.
The national indicator set for local government will be announced alongside the Comprehensive Spending Review in the autumn. We plan to consult local authorities on the detailed definitions of indicators following this announcement.
No local authorities currently have local public service agreement (LPSA) or local area agreement (LAA) reward element targets in relation to the numbers of children they look after. Only one local authority has ever had a target relating to children being placed in care as part of its LPSA or LAA reward element. In its first round LPSA Kent county council (Government Office of the South East Region) chose to include a local target to "reduce the total number of children looked after by KCC (bearing in mind the individual needs of the children and the involvement of the courts".
The target Kent county council negotiated related to their performance in March 2004, and to improve from an anticipated 1,300 children looked after down to 1,200 children looked after. KCC achieved this target and received £2.1 million in performance reward grant from Government.
From 2008, local area agreements (LAAs) will be the only place where improvement targets can be established with local authorities for outcomes they deliver alone or in partnership. Baroness Andrews set out the Government’s position on the number of improvements targets during the passage of the Local Government and Public Involvement in Health Bill on 16th July 2007:
“We expect LAAs to contain up to 35 improvement targets and 18 statutory education and early years targets.” [Official Report, House of Lords, 16 July 2007, Vol. 694, c. 95]
These targets will be drawn from the single set of around 200 national indicators for local government which will be published following CSR07, and which will reflect the priorities of all Departments. Targets in LAAs will vary between localities. They will be dependent on the outcome of negotiations between Local Strategic Partnerships and the Government offices representing central Government.
Local Government: Working Hours
The information requested in not held centrally. The adoption of modern work practices is a common theme of the published Local Authority Annual Efficiency Statements, which can be viewed on the departmental website at www.communities. gsi.gov.uk
Mr. Robert Adewumni
Communities and Local Government’s internal audit had before this case, and continues to have, a continuous improvement programme to ensure that modern and effective audit practices are in place. Within internal audit there is a separate fraud section with appropriately trained staff. They are fully acquainted with the Fraud Act, the Proceeds of Crime Act, etc. The section assists the Department in building a culture of fraud awareness and prevention.
In the Adewumni case the internal audit acted to investigate and find the level of the fraud, and to provide advice to management on necessary improvements. In this case there was a lack of compliance with laid down systems of control. Internal audit has further enhanced its compliance reviews as a result of this fraud. The Department improved its guidance for its managers and made some changes to processes Action was also taken to enhance financial/HR processes. This will reduce the risk of fraud through improving processes for prevention and detection.
The estimated loss was £867,200.
Robert Adewumni was sentenced to four years imprisonment in March 2006 for theft of money from Communities and Local Government (Office of the Deputy Prime Minister). Since then the Department, the police and Crown Prosecution Service have been working towards retrieving the stolen funds. A Confiscation Hearing was held at Southwark Crown court on 22 June 2007.
Mr. Adewumni was further charged with Contempt of Court at this Hearing. This charge was for breaking a Restraining Order issued in May 2005. In particular this related to failure to repatriate assets, transferring of assets and failure to declare assets. He pleaded guilty to this charge and was sentenced to a further 18 months imprisonment.
An order was made for repayment of £414,867 to Communities and Local Government (CLG) within six months from the date of the hearing. Failure to meet the repayment in full will result in a further three year prison sentence to run consecutively (following on from the Contempt of Court sentence).
A further order was also made against Tami Adewumni, his wife, that she should repay £23,437, also within six months, failing which she will receive an additional 12 month prison sentence.
The figures for repayment include all known assets including bank accounts held outside of this country. Police investigations have explored a number of overseas lines of inquiry, including “gifts” to friends and relatives, companies in the British Virgin Islands and the US, and an account in Nicosia, Cyprus.
Non-Domestic Rates
I have placed a copy of the information requested for local authorities in England in the Library of the House.
Non-Domestic Rates: Valuation
The Valuation Office Agency.
This is an interim report forming part of a feasibility study by the Valuation Office Agency, to investigate the viability of developing additional computer assisted rental analysis for the preparation of the 2010 Non Domestic Revaluation. Release of the findings into the public domain at this time would be prejudicial to the further research and development of this computer-based tool.
Ordnance Survey
Ordnance Survey has a commercial agreement with BLOM Aerofilms Limited to act as an authorised reseller of Pictometry data of Great Britain.
It is a matter for BLOM Aerofilms Ltd. to determine for which areas of England coverage of the product is made available, based on customer demand, and acquisition of the data, and on other commercial considerations. It is for customers of the product to determine uses within their businesses. Ordnance Survey does not use Pictometry within its own business processes.
Owner Occupation
‘Homes for the Future’, launched on 23 July outlines the Government's plans for delivering new homes. We are taking urgent action to meet growing demand and address the serious issue of housing affordability. Our new target will deliver 240,000 additional homes a year by 2016.
The Home Ownership task force published its report, “A Home of My Own”, in November 2003. A copy is available on the Housing Corporation's website.
The task force looked at the routes into low cost home ownership and made recommendations for an increase in the supply in all types of housing, both market and social housing. It also proposed a number of detailed improvements to low cost home ownership schemes and the provision of better information and advice to individuals.
A copy of the report and the Government's full response to the 45 recommendations is available on the Communities and Local Government website.
The majority of the recommendations were accepted in full by the Government and taken forward in the Housing Act 2004 and in the development of the homebuy scheme, which commenced in April 2006, as well as more generally.
On 23 July we published a Housing Green Paper which sets out our continuing support for the low cost home ownership programme.
Partnerships: Thames Gateway
The following table details support funding for Thames Gateway Local Regeneration Partnerships.
This funding has supported the creation and delivery of nine local regeneration partnerships in the Thames Gateway, including two urban development corporations, each tasked with co-ordinating the delivery of the Thames Gateway Programme at a local level. These funds have directly funded staff costs, project development, development briefs, and feasibility studies for key sites and initiatives.
In some cases they also contribute to project management of crucial projects such as the Fastrack bus-transit system in Kent Thameside and Rochester Riverside development in Medway.
These costs are part of a larger programme of investment by my Department, currently some £672 million (2003-08), which we have invested in a range of projects including brownfield remediation, economic development, education, health and greenspace. This long-term programme is set to achieve the delivery of 160,000 new homes and 180,000 new jobs and lever in some £38 billion of private investment in the next 15-20 years.
Total support amounted to:
Capital Revenue 2003-04 104,801 481,624 2004-05 2,047,340 3,424,927 2005-06 4,761,635 8,759,744 2006-07 3,185,155 10,654,158 Total 10,098,211 25,093,971
2003-04 2004-05 2005-06 2006-07 Total Basildon Renaissance Essex Resource consumption — 250,000.00 255,000.00 260,000.00 765,000.00 Bexley Partnership London Capital — — 89,000.00 216,342.00 305,342,00 Resource consumption — — 296,947.00 163,205.00 460,152.00 Kent Thameside Delivery Board Kent Capital — 694,306.00 666,000.00 424,000.00 1,784,306.00 Resource consumption 165,624.00 119,048.00 136,000.00 76,000.00 496,672.00 London Thames Gateway Development Corporation London Capital — 189,000.00 413,000.00 263,000.00 865,000.00 Resource consumption1 — 1,234,459.00 3,507,000.00 4,305,000.00 10,819,977.00 Medway Renaissance Partnership Kent Capital 104,081.00 527,969.00 1,367,950.00 1,300,000.00 3,300,000.00 Renaissance Southend Essex Resource consumption — 199,028.00 217,442.00 352,558.00 769,028.00 Swale Development Board Kent Capital 386,065.00 367,685.00 285,813.00 1,039,563.00 Resource consumption 100,000.00 76,392.00 135,069.00 107,395.00 418,856.00 Thurrock Thames Gateway Development Corporation Essex Capital — — 1,203,000.00 311,000.00 1,514,000.00 Resource consumption1 216,000.00 1,546,000.00 4,100,000.00 5,190,000.00 11,052,000.00 Woolwich Regeneration Agency London Capital — — 400,000.00 125,000.00 525,000.00 Resource consumption — — 112,286.00 200,000.00 312,286.00 Capital 104,081.00 2,047,340.00 4,761,635.00 3,185,155.00 10,098,211.00 Resource1 481,624.00 3,424,927.00 8,759,744.00 10,654,158.00 25,093,971.00 1 Resource consumption figures do not include notional cost of capital and writedown charges for land held by the UDCs.
Planning Permission
Local planning authorities are being advised that supplementary planning guidance and design briefs are still capable of remaining a material consideration in the determination of planning applications and appeals provided that the policies in local plans on which they are based remain in force. There is no need to save them as supplementary planning documents (SPDs).
We have issued no guidance on the point. For the sake of fairness and transparency, we urge local planning authorities to make comments from third parties open to inspection wherever possible. This helps applicant and authority to understand why aspects of a proposal give rise to objection, and adds to efficiency in the planning system. However, there is no legal duty to make representations public, unless (with certain exceptions) a letter of comment forms part of a planning officer’s report to Committee or the background papers to the report.
A local authority should always have regard to the Data Protection Act: the decision on what to disclose is one for the individual authority.
Planning: Appeals
The following table gives information on the number of planning appeals concerning residential development determined by the Planning Inspectorate for the period since the introduction of PPS3 in November 2006 until June 2007.
Number/percentage Total decided 5,428 Number allowed 1,610 Number dismissed 3,818 Percentage allowed 30
The Inspectorate’s targets are the same for both periods requested and are set out as follows:
Key performance targets 2006-07 and 2007-08—England
Proposals for 10 or more dwellings
1. To open all hearings within 20 weeks of the start date of the case.
2. To issue 80 per cent. of decisions within 10 weeks of the close of the hearing.
3. To open all inquiries within 20 weeks of the start date of the case
4. To issue 80 per cent. of decisions within 10 weeks of the close of the inquiry.
Planning appeals and called in planning applications decided by the Secretary of State
5. To open 80 per cent. of inquiries and hearings within 22 weeks of the start date of the case.
6. Jointly with Planning Central Casework Division/Ministers, to issue all decisions in accordance with statutory timetables.
Planning and enforcement appeals decided by Inspectors by the written representations method
7. Planning appeals: By the end of 2006-07 to determine 50 per cent. of planning appeals decided by written representations within 16 weeks of the start date of the case.
8. Enforcement appeals: 80 per cent. of enforcement appeals decided by written representations to be determined within 32 weeks of the start date of the case.
Planning and enforcement appeals decided by Inspectors by the hearing method
9. Planning appeals: By the end of 2006-07 to determine 50 per cent. of planning appeals decided by hearing within 30 weeks of the start date of the case.
10. Enforcement appeals: 80 per cent. of enforcement appeals decided by hearing to be determined within 33 weeks of the start date of the case.
Planning and enforcement appeals decided by Inspectors by the inquiry method
11. Planning appeals: By the end of 2006-07 to determine 50 per cent. of planning appeals decided by inquiry within 30 weeks of the start date of the case.
12. Enforcement appeals: 80 per cent. of enforcement appeals decided by inquiries to be determined within 43 weeks of the start date of the case.
Key performance targets 2006-07 and 2007-08—Wales
13. 80 per cent. of all planning appeals decided by written representations to be determined in 16 weeks.
14. 80 per cent. of all planning appeals decided by hearings to be determined in 22 weeks.
15. 80 per cent. of all planning appeals decided by inquiries to be determined in 30 weeks.
16. 80 per cent. of all enforcement appeals decided by written representations to be determined in 32 weeks.
17. 80 per cent. of all enforcement appeals decided by hearings and inquiries to be determined in 43 weeks.
18. For called-in applications and recovered appeals to meet the individual timetable set for delivery of the report to the National Assembly (seven weeks up to eight inquiry sitting days; agreed timetable for larger cases).
Planning: Floods
In December 2006 we published Planning Policy Statement (PPS) 25 “Development and Flood Risk” to strengthen protection against flood risk in the planning system.
We extended the Environment Agency's statutory consultee role so that it now has to be consulted on planning applications in flood risk areas (The regulation came into force on 1 October 2006).
A planning Direction supports PPS25, providing greater scrutiny for major developments proposed in flood risk areas. Where local authorities intend to approve applications that the Environment Agency still objects to, Government Offices can consider whether to call the application in for decision by the Secretary of State.
PPS25 is available at:
http://www.communities.gov.uk/index.asp?id=l504639
The Environment Agency is a key stakeholder on flood risk issues as it has statutory responsibility for flood management and defence in England and will support the planning system by providing timely information and advice on flooding issues that is fit for purpose. Officials have worked very closely with the Environment Agency in developing Planning Policy Statement 25 Development and Flood Risk (published December 2006). We are continuing to work closely with the Environment Agency on the development of the Practice Guide Companion to PPS25 which will be published later this year.
As part of the monitoring by the Environment Agency and Local Government Association of the planning process we have taken forward recommendations to strengthen the role of the Environment Agency. We have made them a statutory consultee (from October 2006) for all developments in flood risk areas and also introduced a flooding Direction 2007 which allows call-in to be considered if the Environment Agency sustains an objection to a development on flood risk grounds.
Property: Photographs
As at 3 July 2007 there were 23.68 million domestic properties entered in the council tax valuation lists in England and Wales. Photographs were attached to 3.2 per cent. of the 22.34 million domestic properties in England and 10 per cent. of the 1.34 million domestic properties in Wales.
Public Sector Relocation Independent Review
The final report of the Lyons Inquiry into Local Government provides, on pages 376 to 388, a list of organisations and members of the public that provided submissions to the Lyons Inquiry.
Regional Assemblies
I refer the hon. Member to the oral statement I made to the House on 17 July 2007, announcing the publication of the Review of Sub-national Regeneration and Economic Development. The Review sets out the Government's proposals for the future of regional institutions, including regional assemblies.
Regional Government
The role of Regional Ministers is set out in paragraphs 115 to 118 in “The Governance of Britain” and is currently being developed. At present, support is being provided by their departmental private offices and the Government offices in their respective regions as part of their wider functions.
Regional Government: Local Authorities
Local authorities will be given greater power and flexibilities to promote economic well-being; and regional development agencies will be expected to delegate funding to them wherever possible.
There will however remain matters that need to be dealt with at a level beyond even the largest local authority, be that sub-regional or regional.
The Government will consult further later this year on how to implement these reforms.
Regional Planning and Development
Following the examination in public, the Secretary of State is responsible for consulting on any proposed changes before approving and issuing the final version of the regional spatial strategy (RSS). Once published, the RSS becomes the regional level of the statutory development plan.
The Mayor of London is responsible for publishing the Spatial Development Strategy “The London Plan” (which is the equivalent to an RSS). The Secretary of State has no role in approving the Spatial Development Strategy. The Secretary of State can direct the Mayor to make changes to the plan before it is published, but this power of direction may only be exercised for the purpose of avoiding inconsistency with national policies or any detriment to the interests of an area outside Greater London.
The SNR published on 17 July set out the Government’s proposals for strengthening regional governance and accountability including the introduction of a single regional strategy. We will consult on detailed implementation later this year.
The Review of Sub-National Economic Development published on 17 July 2007 set out the Government's proposals to merge regional spatial strategies with regional economic strategies. We will consult further on how to implement these reforms.
Richmond Park
No. The Tower of London is not currently visible from Richmond Park.
Right to Buy Scheme
(2) what the average sales price was of a Right to Buy house, before any discount was applied, in each year since 1996-97.
The average right to buy discounts and sale prices of social rent dwellings, in England, in each financial year since 1996-97 are shown in the following table. Information for 2006-07 is not yet available.
£ Local authority sales Registered social landlord sales Market value Sale price Discount Market value Sale price Discount 1996-97 40,677 20,566 20,110 48,101 23,873 24,228 1997-98 42,123 21,303 20,819 49,162 24,461 24,701 1998-99 45,492 22,614 22,878 51,457 25,129 26,328 1999-2000 48,955 25,324 23,631 53,216 26,945 26,271 2000-01 51,094 27,217 23,876 52,524 27,336 25,189 2001-02 53,519 30,136 23,384 50,782 26,733 24,048 2002-03 58,655 34,863 23,793 59,365 32,127 27,238 2003-04 66,840 42,204 24,635 58,638 32,386 26,253 2004-05 77,176 51,524 25,652 64,728 36,934 27,794 2005-06 83,474 57,925 25,549 72,165 43,879 28,286 1 Includes sales through the preserved right to buy. Source: Housing Corporation (CORE), Local authorities (P1B)
Thames Gateway: Finance
Billions of pounds are spent each year in the Thames Gateway through mainstream budgets such as education, health, transport, regional development agencies and local government. In addition, targeted funding to help facilitate additional homes and jobs is funded through the Department for Communities and Local Government Thames Gateway programme as follows:
Programme resource consumption Programme capital Total spend 2003-04 2.254 38.436 40.690 2004-05 6.901 136.448 143.349 2005-06 12.600 143.792 156.392 2006-07 16.564 118.344 134.908 2007-08 (Projected) 23.000 155.000 178.000
Thurrock Development Corporation
(2) if she will make a statement on the work of the Thurrock Development Corporation since the answer of 19 April 2006, Official Report, column 111W, on the Thurrock Development Corporation.
[holding answer 26 June 2007]: Since April 2006, the Thurrock Thames Gateway Development Corporation has continued to implement its land acquisition programme with the acquisition of two sites in West Thurrock and south east Thurrock. The Development Corporation has determined over 100 planning applications, 53 of which have given planning permission for 670 new dwellings and employment developments that on completion will deliver 1,850 new jobs.
In addition, the Development Corporation has sought to improve its engagement with stakeholders and is leading the sustainability block of the Thurrock Local Strategic Partnership and the economic development block of the Local Area Agreement. The Development Corporation established a community fund which offers grant of up to £20,000 to non-profit making clubs and other organisations to encourage and promote voluntary and community development and improve the quality of life for local residents and communities.
The Development Corporation will continue this activity and will deliver the remainder of the capital programme identified in the Two Year Corporate Plan 2006-07 to 2007-08. A timetable for a future work programme will be taken once the outcome of the Comprehensive Spending Review is known and in the light of the proposals in the Corporate Plan they are preparing for financial years 2008-09 to 2010-11.
Travelling People
The provisions in the Housing and Regeneration Bill to implement the European Court of Human Rights ruling in the case of ‘Connors v. United Kingdom’ are currently under consideration. In the consultation on “The Governance of Britain—the Government’s Draft Legislative Programme”, published on 11 July 2007, the Government outlined its draft legislative programme for the next session of Parliament. The Housing and Regeneration Bill was listed as one of the proposed Bills, and we intend to use this Bill to legislate on the Connors judgment. The final legislative programme will be confirmed in the Queen’s Speech in the autumn.
Unitary Councils: Exeter
The Department's assessment against all five criteria, including the cross section of support from partners and stakeholders, is set out in Exeter city council’s decision letter of 25 July 2007. This is available on the Department's website:
http://www.communities.gov.uk/index.asp?id=1509144
Valuation Office
No data was taken from the National Register of Social Housing other than a list of addresses of properties on the National Register, which was supplied to the VOA, in electronic format, on 2 March 2005.
Valuation Office: Contracts
Further payments are subject to an established ceiling within the duration of the contract and to any arrangements for variation or extension of the contract.
Valuebill Database
The Valuebill national project promoted the close alignment of pre-existing property databases within the Valuation Office Agency and Billing Authorities, and developed standards for the interfaces. No Government departments or agencies other than VOA have access to those interfaces. Full details are available from www.londonconnects.gov.uk/valuebill.cfm
Wilkinson Star
The Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government has had no meetings with Wilkinson Star Ltd. or Peninsula Business Services Ltd. in the last 12 months.
Youth Organisations: Hampshire
I have been asked to reply.
The Government do not set a budget for local authorities to spend on specific youth-related organisations or youth councils, and do not collect this information. Local authorities decide how funding should be deployed in their areas, taking into account Government policy and local needs. For 2007-08, Hampshire local authority reported that they intended to allocate a budget of £8,281,500 for youth services. The Department is currently validating this figure and it is therefore subject to change.
Children, Schools and Families
Academies
Local authorities are key partners in the development of academies, and my Department works closely with local authorities on the development of academy projects and the organisation of secondary provision in their areas more generally.
The Department's academies prospectus for sponsors and local authorities states that, as a broad rule of thumb, the Government are prepared to consider any secondary school where fewer than 30 per cent. of pupils gained five or more good GCSEs (including English and Maths) as a potential academy project. It also states that local authorities should always consider an academy as an option for dealing with a school in special measures, or subject to an improvement notice, whatever its results.
Academies: Finance
For the financial year 2007-08 the average revenue funding per pupil at academies is £5,966 excluding any payments made by or through local authorities. The budget share for an academy is calculated using the funding formula for the local authority in which it is situated. Sixth form funding is calculated using the Learning and Skills Council formula.
Since 2006-07 secondary schools have been funded by the Dedicated Schools Grant (DSG). The DSG is distributed through a single guaranteed unit of funding per pupil so a split between primary and secondary funding is not available.
In 2007-08 the national average DSG allocation was £3,888 per pupil for nursery, primary and secondary school aged pupils. Additional revenue grants were £571 per pupil, making a total of £4,459 per pupil.
The revenue grants figure is provisional and does not include grants allocated by the Learning and Skills Council (LSC).
The academies figure is not comparable with that for maintained schools because it includes 16+ funding; and most academy pupils are of secondary age whereas the DSG figure is for pupils aged three to 15. Furthermore, most academies have high levels of deprivation and this increases their funding level per pupil.
Adoption: Standards
I have been asked to reply.
30 local authorities have been rewarded for successfully achieving adoption targets in their local public service agreements (LPSA). The better outcomes and amount of ‘performance reward grant’ (PRG) each has received over the three years 2004/05 to 2006/07 in relation to their performance in these targets is set out in the following table. In addition, 13 local authorities did not achieve the adoption targets in their local PSA and hence received no PRG for this target. One local authority is still to make a claim
Local PSAs—which are negotiated between local authorities and central Government policy departments, facilitated by the DCLG—have helped to incentivise local authorities and partners to provide better public services to their citizens around priorities for improvement locally. Evaluation shows they have been successful in doing this, with real benefits in improved outcomes for local people and communities.
Local authority Amount of ‘reward grant’ paid (£) Barnsley Metropolitan Borough Council 210,173.00 Blackburn with Darwen 307,367.00 Bristol City Council 307,512.00 Buckinghamshire County Council 526,958.00 Bromley (LB) 499,440.00 Camden (LB) 318,916.50 Cheshire County Council 685,134.00 Doncaster Metropolitan Borough Council 578,333.00 Durham County Council 502,675.00 Enfield (LB) 244,963.00 Essex County Council 2,469,200.00 Gloucestershire County Council 612,209.00 Greenwich (LB) 580,996.00 Halton Borough Council 153,938.00 Hampshire 1,675,619.00 Hounslow (LB) 165,019.00 Kensington and Chelsea (LB) 339,117.00 Kent County Council 2,156,583.00 Lewisham (LB) 602,854.00 Liverpool City Council 347,404.00 Luton Borough Council 400,027.00 Manchester City Council 984,877.00 Merton Borough Council 358,708.00 Northamptonshire County Council 1,119,115.00 Sheffield City Council 1,025,000.00 Southwark (LB) 435,242.00 St. Helens Metropolitan Borough Council 83,845.00 Wandsworth (LB) 387,627.00 Warwickshire County Council 231,061.00 York City Council 203,620.00
Asylum
The evidence basis for the statement in the Care Matters White Paper regarding the percentage of negative decisions made on asylum claims from UASC was sourced from the Immigration Research and Statistics Service which is available from the Home Office website in two different formats.
1. National Statistics:
Statistics on UASC applications are published as part of the quarterly asylum bulletin. Statistics on UASC are also available in the annual asylum bulletin.
The most up to date data on the outcome of UASC asylum claims can be found on page 10 (point 12) of the Asylum Statistics United Kingdom 2005, these statistics show that the numbers of UASC granted refugee status or humanitarian protection (HP) is very low (five per cent. in 2005). This document is available via the following link. The 2006 annual publication, and Q2 2007 quarterly publication will be published on August 21.
http://www.homeoffice.gov.uk/rds/immigration1.html
2. Management Information:
The management information report is produced quarterly and contains more detailed statistics on UASC. This report can also be sourced from the same website link as before.
Bishops Park College
This information could be obtained only at a disproportionate cost to the Department.
Building Schools for the Future Programme
(2) pursuant to the answer of 16 July 2007, Official Report, column 90W, on the Building Schools for the Future programme, for what reason HM Treasury was a joint commissioner of the review.
The reports and other associated documentation following joint Prime Minister’s Delivery Unit (PMDU) reviews are confidential advice to Ministers and are not put into the public domain. This includes terms of reference and other documentation connected with the substance of the review. The action plan to address the recommendations of the review is an ongoing piece of work.
Building Schools for the Future Programme: Private Finance Initiative
BSF schools which are complete were funded as part 5 of a “Quick Wins” initiative. Funding from the capital budget for these projects is shown in the following table.
2004-05 2005-06 2006-07 New build 4.5 10.8 0.4 Remodelled/refurbished 3.5 6.5 1.3 Total 8.0 17.3 1.7
There are currently 30 new build schools under construction. Of these, 23 are being procured through the private finance initiative scheme and so will not receive any funding until the schools open. Capital funding of £18 million was provided to authorities in 2006-07 to meet milestone payments for those conventionally funded new build schools currently under construction.
The procurement strategy for BSF projects is determined on value for money grounds. Local authorities are required to carry out a detailed options appraisal which considers different procurement and funding methods for the schools in a project using both quantitative (discounted cash flow) and qualitative analysis, in accordance with HM Treasury’s ‘Value for Money Assessment Guidance’ of November 2006.
Children and Family Court Advisory and Support Service: Accountability
This is a matter for the Children and Family Court Advisory and Support Service (CAFCASS). Anthony Douglas, the Chief Executive, has written to the hon. Member with this information and a copy of his reply has been placed in the House Library.
Children and Family Court Advisory Support Service: Appeals
This is a matter for the Children and Family Court Advisory and Support Service (CAFCASS). Anthony Douglas, the chief executive, has written to the hon. Member with this information and a copy of his reply has been placed in the House Library.
Letter from Anthony Douglas, dated 25 July 2007:
I am writing to you in response to the Parliamentary Question that you tabled recently:
152736—To ask the Secretary of State for Children, Schools and Families, what assessment he has made of the effectiveness of the Children and Family Court Advisory Support Service's self-regulated appeals procedures.
Cafcass current complaints procedures provide for a review process in relation to all decisions made in response to service users complaints. An important part of the complaints procedures rests with the problem solving stage in which Cafcass makes every effort to understand the service users complaint, to address it and to respond to it. Cafcass has mechanisms for learning from those complaints and ensuring that lessons learnt from them are applied to its practice.
Independent scrutiny of the application of Cafcass complaints procedures is provided by the Parliamentary and Health Service Ombudsman, who, on request, will consider any complaint that Cafcass has not operated its complaints procedures in a fair and reasonable way.
In 2006 the former DfES produced new guidance and standards for complaints procedures for Non-Departmental Public Bodies (NDPBs) and Local Authorities to put in place for children's services. On publication of the DfES guidance, Cafcass undertook an examination of its own complaints procedures as a direct comparison against those advised by the DfES Guidance. In December 2006 this comparative report was presented to the Cafcass Board Task Group on complaints procedures, which decided in principle that Cafcass should begin work on a revised complaints procedures that builds on the strengths of its current procedures whilst meeting the standards set down by the DfES guidance, unless in any specific respect there were clear reasons related to the nature of the work of Cafcass not to do so.
In particular, the Cafcass Board made the decision that Cafcass complaints procedures should be revised to meet the requirements laid down within the DfES guidance in two respects:
1. For the services of independent observers to be employed to oversee the progress of complaints investigations, in order to guarantee the process in terms of fairness and reasonableness.
2. To include a final appeal process involving a panel of independent people.
As a consequence Cafcass is currently in the process of redrafting its complaints procedures to meet these standards of independence as well as other aspects of the DfES guidance.
A copy of this reply will be placed in the House Library.
Children: Day Care
(2) how many (a) recruitment incentives, (b) quality premiums and (c) home grown graduate incentives have been paid from the Transformation Fund for child care; and at what cost;
(3) how much each local authority has received from the Transformation Fund since its inception.
The Transformation Fund was introduced in April 2006 as a time-limited initiative to test out approaches to improving the qualifications of the early years workforce in the private, voluntary and independent sectors and to raise standards in the provision of early education and child care. Its particular focus has been to initiate action directed at ensuring all full day care settings are led by a graduate, through the availability of a quality premium, a recruitment incentive and, since December 2006, a home grown graduate incentive. It has also supported broader upskilling of the workforce to raise the numbers of staff qualified at Level 3, 4 and 5 as well as to train staff to work with children with additional needs.
The Department does not collect data on the number of people who are participating in Level 3 to 5 training via the Transformation Fund. However, based on returns from local authorities, over 18,000 settings (including over 4,200 childminders) have received support through the Transformation Fund for one or more of the five eligible strands identified above.
According to returns from local authorities, as of March 2007:
(a) 428 full day care settings received the Recruitment Incentive at a cost of £1,218,218;
(b) 1,152 full day care settings received the Quality Premium at a cost of £4,506,676; and
(c) 282 full day care settings received the Home Grown Graduate Incentive at a cost of £448,608 (this element started in December 2006).
The following table sets out out-turn data for 2006-07 based on the unaudited financial statements received to date from local authorities.
Local Authority Unaudited 2006-07 expenditure (£) Barking and Dagenham 100,294 Barnet 1236,512 Barnsley 34,477 Bath and North East Somerset 72,365 Bedfordshire 184,637 Bexley 62,829 Birmingham 202,702 Blackburn with Darwen 201,093 Blackpool 104,901 Bolton 152,274 Bournemouth 143,647 Bracknell Forest 68,231 Bradford 346,169 Brent 196,192 Brighton and Hove 110,643 Bristol 272,896 Bromley 413,363 Buckinghamshire 127,277 Bury 74,243 Calderdale 92,087 Cambridgeshire 381,236 Camden 1164,321 Cheshire 443,191 City of London 5,970 Cornwall 361,820 Coventry 102,718 Croydon 286,194 Cumbria 385,287 Darlington 92,938 Derby 189,830 Derbyshire 550,868 Devon 1321,845 Doncaster 261,391 Dorset 250,341 Dudley 28,907 Durham 408,083 Ealing 71,301 East Riding of Yorkshire 136,864 East Sussex 183,253 Enfield 93,068 Essex 614,970 Gateshead 64,751 Gloucestershire 443,612 Greenwich 111,147 Hackney 266,990 Halton 134,730 Hammersmith and Fulham 146,702 Hampshire 819,258 Haringey 1190,246 Harrow 51,920 Hartlepool 89,369 Havering 48,166 Herefordshire 111,624 Hertfordshire 446,886 Hillingdon 44,407 Hounslow 1157,227 Isle of Wight 119,110 Isles of Scilly 18,305 Islington 199,017 Kensington and Chelsea 196,244 Kent 903,396 Kingston upon Hull 187,123 Kingston upon Thames 91,449 Kirklees 339,249 Knowsley 10,744 Lambeth 11,984 Lancashire 488,578 Leeds 54,370 Leicester City 49,051 Leicestershire 24,264 Lewisham 201,062 Lincolnshire 352,206 Liverpool 179,612 Luton 190,173 Manchester 130,004 Medway 288,554 Merton 71,036 Middlesbrough 131,070 Milton Keynes 159,363 NE Lincolnshire 166,805 Newcastle upon Tyne 1136,612 Newham 181,102 Norfolk 161,075 North Lincolnshire 183,974 North Somerset 119,754 North Tyneside 177,479 North Yorkshire 350,678 Northamptonshire 189,524 Northumberland 230,933 Nottingham City 115,823 Nottinghamshire 587,501 Oldham 101,933 Oxfordshire 302,496 Peterborough 1105,779 Plymouth 176,670 Poole 71,942 Portsmouth 198,874 Reading 61,094 Redbridge 316,977 Redcar and Cleveland 119,535 Richmond upon Thames 166,123 Rochdale 288,925 Rotherham 176,394 Rutland 37,586 Salford 157,618 Sandwell 55,616 Sefton 252,575 Sheffield 246,813 Shropshire 261,923 Slough 37,379 Solihull 161,445 Somerset 385,671 South Gloucestershire 208,577 South Tyneside 79,544 Southampton 126,214 Southend 145,648 Southwark 1219,576 St. Helens 77,731 Staffordshire 393,587 Stockport 242,465 Stockton-on-Tees 178,610 Stoke on Trent 1133,844 Suffolk 1357,376 Sunderland 238,192 Surrey 402,868 Sutton 1115,767 Swindon 164,643 Tameside 1125,815 Telford and the Wrekin 58,582 Thurrock 175,291 Torbay 94,494 Tower Hamlets 1207,256 Trafford 74,411 Wakefield 82,485 Walsall 30,206 Waltham Forest 155,331 Wandsworth 362,376 Warrington 183,121 Warwickshire 1275,525 West Berkshire 45,033 West Sussex 279,449 Westminster 344,036 Wigan 286,253 Wiltshire 290,866 Windsor and Maidenhead 102,758 Wirral 53,910 Wokingham 115,643 Wolverhampton 1143,474 Worcestershire 310,791 York 145,270 Total 29,265,873 1 These local authorities have still to submit returns and therefore notional expenditure has been shown which is based on an assumption of same spend rate as the 134 local authorities that have submitted statements.
Class Sizes
The information requested has been placed in the House Library.
Further information on class sizes can be found in SFR 16/2007 ‘Pupil Characteristics and Class Sizes in Maintained Schools in England, January 2007 (Provisional)’, which was published on 26 April 2007. This publication is available in the Library and on the Department’s website here:
http:/www.dfes.gov.uk/rsgateway/DB/SFR/s000726/index.shtml
Departments: Affairs
The value of the payments made to Atkins as part of the Academies Programme for each financial year since 2001-02 to date is shown in the following table.
The payments were made for an advisory service on capital project design and other support services for the academies programme.
Financial year Total paid (£) 2001-02 45,645 2002-03 556,658 2003-04 1,207,456 2004-05 2,013,071 2005-06 2,860,574 2006-07 2,825,659 2007-08 1739,292 1 Up to 26 July 2007
Departments: Air Conditioning
The Department for Children, Schools and Families or its predecessor has spent no money on the hire of mobile air conditioning units in the five years to April 2007.
Departments: Common Purpose
The former Department for Education and Skills concluded a contract in September 2004 for £28,800 and April 2005 for £22,900 with Common Purpose to provide challenging and diverse learning experiences for future leaders. Participants were able to research and explore how the Department’s policies impacted “on the ground” in relation to the Department’s Five Year Strategy, and gain a greater appreciation of how Government policies were interpreted and implemented by service deliverers in public, private and voluntary/community sectors and the constraints facing different organisations.
In addition Common Purpose South Yorkshire currently has free use of a small accommodation unit in the Sheffield site of the Department for Children, Schools and Families.
Departments: Early Retirement
The information is not available in the form requested and could be provided only at disproportionate cost.
In the former DFES, there have been voluntary early severance and retirement releases. For the 2002-03 financial year to the end of the 2006-07 financial year, the total number and cost for such releases from the former DFES were as follows:
Financial year Number of early releases (from former DFES) Total cost (to former DFES) (£ million) 2002-03 57 5.57 2003-04 28 2.54 2004-05 332 17.1 2005-06 204 15.1 2006-07 156 10.55
Departments: Flowers
The Department did not commit any expenditure on flowers in the last 12 months.
Departments: Legislation
The following table sets out the Acts, introduced by the Department’s predecessors in the last five years which contained sunset clauses:
Act Section Education Act 2002 2(7) Power to suspend statutory requirements etc. Children Act 2004 47 Expiry of powers in sections 45 and 46 Safeguarding Vulnerable Groups Act 2006 16(6) Exceptions to requirement to make a monitoring check
The appropriateness of a sunset clause for the whole or part of any proposed legislation is considered on a case by case basis. It is also addressed when a regulatory impact assessment relating to legislation is being prepared.
The following Acts, introduced by the Department’s predecessors in the last five years did not contain sunset clauses
Education Act 2005
Education and Inspections Act 2006
Children and Adoption Act 2006
Departments: Marketing
[holding answer 4 July 2007]: The costs of setting up the Department for Children, Schools and Families are expected to be met within existing departmental budgets.
Departments: Pay
The Department for Children, Schools and Families was formed in June 2007 from parts of the former Department for Education and Skills (DfES), which was itself formed in 2001.
Information is available for all senior civil servants in the former DfES for the years 2005/06 and 2004/05, and is shown in the following table. The Department had no agencies.
Number of bonus awards made to senior civil servants in DfES Total cost of the bonuses awarded (£) 2004/05 98 506,039 2005/06 96 627,303
There is no information available for previous years.
Information for Executive Assistant to Grade 6 bonus payments received in 2006-07 is not yet available. Members of the senior civil service will not receive their bonus payments until November 2007.
For Department’s (formerly the DfES) most up to date information, I refer the hon. Member to the reply my predecessor gave on 8 November 2006, Official Report, column 1706W.
Departments: Postal Services
The former Department for Education and Skills (DfES) sent, between 1 June 2006 and 31 May 2007, 1,472,641 items of correspondence from its Head Office post rooms via the Royal Mail. Volumes for the preceding four years could be supplied only at disproportionate cost. The former DfES did not use any other commercial delivery services for its correspondence.
Departments: Publicity
In 2006-07, the former Department for Education and Skills spent these amounts on advertising as part of integrated information campaigns:
£000 Student finance 2,476 Adult basic skills 1,805 Teenage pregnancy 1,534 Child care recruitment 405
All of these were evaluated against targets for response (calls to a campaign telephone number or hits on a website). The first three, where the advertising spend was more substantial, were additionally evaluated through independent customer research which tracked the campaign impact against its objectives, measuring levels of customer awareness and exploring shifts in attitude and behaviour among the target audience. Additionally, £0.045 million was spent on an advertising insert targeting the children and young people’s work force, which was not evaluated due to the size of the advertising spend.
All departmental advertising is bought on our behalf by the Central Office of Information (COI), which is able to use its purchasing power to negotiate significant discounts, ensuring that our advertising budgets are cost effective in the amount of media they purchase. In 2005-06; the most recent year in which records are available, COI achieved cost savings for Government clients of 44.1 per cent. against industry benchmarks.
I refer the hon. Member to the answer given on 2 August to parliamentary question 148512.
Departments: Standards
With regard to the Spending Review 2004 PSA targets which my Department is responsible for, I refer the hon. Member to the reply given on 19 July 2007, Official Report, columns 531-32W. Performance against these PSA targets is set out in the former Department for Education and Skills’ 2007 departmental report (CM 7092), Two of my Department's PSA targets have been amended since the 2004 Spending Review: PSA target 1 (children's communication and social and emotional development); and PSA target 2 (the use of formal child care by lower-income families).
Departments: Training
Costs for staff and communication training for the former DfES are available from 1 July 2006 to 30 June 2007 in the following table:
Budget Cost (£) Communications training 49,204 Learning and Development 2,259,991
Departments: Visits Abroad
Details of overseas visits by officials over the last seven financial years are set out in the following table.
Financial year Numbers of visits Cost (£) 2001-02 226 138,964 2002-03 375 240,768 2003-04 423 197,297 2004-05 398 167,675 2005-06 455 251,630 2006-07 405 251,328
In respect of overseas travel by Cabinet Ministers, since 1999, the Government has published on an annual basis, a list of all overseas visits by Cabinet Ministers costing in excess of £500, as well as the total cost of all ministerial travel overseas. Copies of the lists are available in the Libraries of the House. Information for 2006-07 is currently being compiled and will be published before the summer recess. All travel is undertaken in accordance with the Civil Service Management Code and the Ministerial Code.
Education: Disabled
The Government committed to develop a national disabled children’s indicator as part of a Public Service Agreement in the report ‘Aiming high for Disabled Children’ (May 2007). The report outlines some of the issues to be considered in developing the indicator and we expect the indicator to be finalised later in the year.
The Government are also agreeing a national indicator set for local government, which will include many of the indicators that will be used to measure progress at a national level on the Public Service Agreements over the Comprehensive Spending Review 2007 period. This set will include indicators related to educational attainment and will be finalised later in the year.
Education: Standards
This is a matter for Ofsted. HM Chief Inspector, Christine Gilbert, has written to the hon. Member and a copy of her reply has been placed in the House Library.
Free School Meals
The requested information is not collected centrally.
(2) how many free school meals have been served in each year from 1990-91 to 2006-07 in (a) primary and (b) secondary schools; and what the total (i) primary and (ii) secondary school population was in each year.
Information on the quality, availability and uptake of school meals generally is not held centrally. However, information on free school meals for maintained nursery, primary and secondary schools for January 2007 is contained in the following table:
Maintained nursery and primary Maintained secondary School population 4,149,600 3,273,500 Number entitled to free school meals 659,100 429,900 Number receiving free school meals 544,300 314,700 Those receiving free school meals as a proportion of school population 13.1 9.6
Figures for earlier years are not readily available.
Also, figures from the School Food Trust’s 2006 annual survey of school meals take up in England showed that take up of school meals in 2005-06 was 42.3 per cent. in primary schools and 42.7 per cent. in secondary schools. Findings from the 2007 survey will be available in August.
Head Teachers: Early Retirement
The information is not available.
Higher Education: East Sussex
I have been asked to reply.
The number of entrants to higher education institution in the UK for each year since 1997/98 are given in the following table.
Academic year Eastbourne constituency East Sussex local authority 1997/98 595 3,565 1998/99 645 3,880 1999/2000 670 3,920 2000/01 650 3,805 2001/02 660 3,975 2002/03 710 4,265 2003/04 740 4,115 2004/05 780 4,155 2005/06 790 4,370 1 Covers students on full-time and part-time modes of study. 2 Exclude the Open University. Note: Figures are on a snapshot basis as at 1 December (excluding those writing up, on sabbatical or dormant) for comparability and are rounded to the nearest five. Source: Higher Education Statistics Agency (HESA)
Higher Education: Finance
I have been asked to reply.
The information requested can be found in the following tables, however it is not possible to provide a comparable time series as the changes in the funding models vary from year to year. Information prior to 1998-99 is not available on a similar basis to the later years and has therefore been shown in separate tables.
Teaching funding 1996-97 Undergraduate (UG) (including Post Graduate PGT) 2,561 Post Graduate Research (PGR) 1,507 1997-98 UG (including PGT) 2,567 PGR 1,592
Not a time series Rates for standard teaching funding Home and EC HEFCE-funded FTEs (T model) Rate for PGR supervision fund Widening participation funding Rewarding and developing staff funding 1998-99 — — — — — UG 2,790 4,395 — — — PGT 1,670 551 — — — PGR 2,169 261 3,251 — — 1999-2000 — — — 102,188 — UG 2,885 4,884 — — — PGT 1,847 585 — — — PGR 2,397 237 3,502 — — 2000-01 — — — 166,031 — UG 3,114 4,681 — — — PGT 2,073 483 — — — PGR 2,534 250 3,542 — — 2001-02 — — — 234,295 594,163 UG 3,083 5,005 — — — PGT 1,914 530 — — — PGR 2,615 255 3,525 — — 2002-03 — — — 275,075 896,460 UG 3,080 5,347 — — — PGT 1,676 535 — — — PGR 2,576 228 3,393 — — 2003-04 — — — 527,255 1,382,345 UG 2,985 5,584 — — — PGT 1,620 587 — — — PGR 2,531 238 3,521 — — 2004-05 — — — 496,396 — UG 3,282 5,854 — — — PGT 1,499 639 — — — PGR 3,111 225 3,830 — — 2005-06 — — — 415,284 — UG 3,435 6,017 — — — PGT 1,603 580 — — — PGR — — 5,981 — — 2006-07 — — — 474,067 — UG 3,545 6,201 — — — PGT 1,606 684 — — — PGR — — 5,997 — — 2007-08 — — — 470,916 — UG 3,724 6,443 — — — PGT 1,704 681 — — — PGR — — 5,777 — —
Teaching funding 1996-97 UG (including PGT) 2,043 PGR 0 1997-98 UG (including PGT) 2,099 PGR 0
Not a time series Rates for standard teaching funding Home and EC HEFCE-funded FTEs (T model) Rate for PGR supervision fund Widening participation funding Rewarding and developing staff funding 1998-99 — — — — — UG 2,538 2,176 — — — PGT 662 71 — — — PGR 1,078 7 2,306 — — 1999-2000 — — — 55,569 — UG 2,564 2,278 — — — PGT 698 119 — — — PGR 2,027 11 2,463 — — 2000-01 — — — 83,751 — UG 2,594 2,248 — — — PGT 508 109 — — — PGR 1,357 8 0 — — 2001-02 — — — 127,921 150,507 UG 2,591 2,531 — — — PGT 524 87 — — — PGR 643 2 2,491 — — 2002-03 — — — 180,693 230,234 UG 2,732 2,449 — — — PGT 256 114 — — — PGR 997 1 0 — — 2003-04 — — — 834,033 458,237 UG 2,608 2,476 — — — PGT 416 108 — — — PGR 628 4 0 — — 2004-05 — — — 825,072 — UG 3,002 2,463 — — — PGT 169 111 — — — PGR 1,255 4 0 — — 2005-06 — — — 990,469 — UG 3,090 2,499 — — — PGT 137 80 — — — PGR — — 0 — — 2006-07 — — — 1,157,970 — UG 3,180 2,582 — — — PGT 233 96 — — — PGR — — 0 — — 2007-08 — — — 1,260,809 — UG 3,273 2,606 — — — PGT 312 120 — — — PGR — — 0 — —
Literacy: Teaching Methods
Reading mentors are an invaluable resource for many schools in supporting children to read well. The Department is currently providing funding to Volunteer Reading Help (VRH)—a charitable organisation which recruits, trains and places volunteers to give one-to-one help twice a week to children aged 6-11 years who find reading a challenge. Currently VRH has around 2,000 volunteer readers working with around 5,000 children.
In the ‘Making Good Progress’ pilot, each pilot local authority will be responsible for making arrangements for delivering tuition including overseeing the recruitment of suitable tutors, who must be qualified teachers, and organising locations for the tuition to take place. We know that some local authorities are liaising with community groups who have offered venues for tuition.
The wider picture is that over £1 billion has been invested in personalised learning by 2007-08, Our guidance to schools indicated that our priorities for the funding were: to support intervention and catch-up provision for children who have fallen behind in English and maths; to support the education of gifted and talented learners; and to help learners from deprived backgrounds to access after school and year-round activities. It is for schools to decide how to use this money to provide more tailored support for their pupils.
(2) how one-to-one tuition for low-attaining pupils will be delivered under the Making Good Progress pilots; who will deliver this tuition; and if he will make a statement.
In the “Making Good Progress” pilot one-to-one tuition will be an out of school hours programme of up to 10 hours of individual tuition in English and/or mathematics. Tutors will liaise with the class teacher to ensure that the tuition that they offer meets the needs of the child and is closely tied in to the work that the child is doing in class. Each pilot local authority will be responsible for making its own arrangements for delivering tuition, including overseeing the recruitment of suitable tutors, who must be qualified teachers, and organising locations for tuition to take place.
We are now in the third and final year of the “Every Child a Reader” pilot, funded by a collaboration between the DfES, KPMG Foundation and other charitable trusts. The pilot is helping 5,000 six-year-olds with significant learning difficulties to learn to read. It does this by placing specialist literacy teachers into schools to provide intensive one-to-one or small group support to children most in need. Results from the first year of the pilot showed that children made well over four times the normal rate of progress. As a result, a national roll-out will begin from 2008-09 benefiting over 30,000 children a year by 2011.
Ofsted: Operating Costs
This is a matter for Ofsted. HM Chief Inspector, Christine Gilbert, has written to the hon. Member and a copy of her reply has been placed in the House Library.
Primary Education: Finance
(2) how much funding the (a) business sector and (b) voluntary sector is expected to commit to the Every Child a Reader programme in each financial year until 2010-11;
(3) how much has been set aside for the Every Child a Reader programme in each of the years covered by his Department's Comprehensive Spending Review settlement announced in the Chancellor of the Exchequer's 2007 Budget;
(4) how much has been spent on the Every Child a Reader programme in each financial year since its inception.
Contributions from business-led charitable funders to the three year Every Child a Reader pilot are approximately £1.25 million in 2005-06, £1.85 million in 2006-07 and £2.35 million in 2007-08. The 2007 pre-Budget report announced that the ECAR programme would be rolled out nationally from 2008-09, benefiting 30,000 children a year by 2010-11. We are in discussions about the funding of the national roll-out and no decisions have yet been taken.
Taking into account the Department’s contribution to ECAR, a total of £10 million has been spent on the pilot since its inception in 2005-06. Broken down by financial year, this equates to approximately £1.5 million in 2005-06, £4 million in 2006-07 and £4.5 million in 2007-08.
In addition, over the three years of the ECAR pilot 2005-08, the KPMG Foundation has contributed administrative costs at £500,000 and the Department has funded the Institute of Education £1.2 million to support the national and local training infrastructure.
Primary Education: Literacy
Since the inception of the three year Every Child a Reader (ECAR) pilot, 542 children participated in the pilot in 2005-06, 1,750 children in 2006-07 and we estimate that 2,340 children will participate in 2007-08.
The Every Child a Reader programme will roll-out nationally from 2008-09. no decisions about the delivery have yet been taken but 30,000 children will benefit from the programme by 2010-11.
Pupil Exclusions: Intimidation
The available information has been placed in the House Library.
Only three years of data relating to the reason for exclusion are currently available. The first year for which information on the reason for exclusion is available relates to the 2003/04 academic year. Exclusions data for 2005/06 academic year were published in June 2007.
Information on type of bullying is not collected centrally. The information provided shows the number of permanent and fixed period exclusions by reason, which includes ‘Bullying’.
Pupils: Intimidation
(2) pursuant to the answer of 4 July 2007, Official Report, columns 1092-94, on pupils: intimidation, to how many schools the National Strategies gave additional support with anti-bullying work in each financial year since 2002-03;
(3) pursuant to the answer of 4 July 2007, Official Report, columns 1092-94, on pupils: intimidation, what percentage of schools were using the principles of the Charter to draw up effective anti-bullying policies in each financial year since 2002-03;
(4) pursuant to the answers of 11 June 2007, Official Report, column 795W and 4 July 2007, Official Report, column 1092W, on pupils: intimidation, if he will clarify the allocation of funds for tackling bullying to (a) organisations and (b) programmes.
PricewaterhouseCoopers recently completed an evaluation of the Department’s programme of work with the Anti-Bullying Alliance, the main organisation which the Department funds for anti-bullying work. The PWC report was generally positive, but suggested that some elements of the work should be put out to tender. The Department is currently preparing tender documents for future elements of the anti-bullying work programme.
The Department’s programme of work with the National Strategies Regional Advisers—to spread good practice and work with identified schools to support and challenge them in improving their anti-bullying policies and strategies—began this financial year. I refer the hon. Member to previous answer 147174, making clear that data on the number of schools supported are not held by the Department.
The National Strategies began to monitor use of the Anti-Bullying Charter to inform effective policy and practice in secondary schools in March 2006. They have recorded a steady increase in the use of the principles of the Charter over the twice-yearly reporting cycle. They began to monitor primary schools as well in March 2007. The National Strategies advise that nearly 75 per cent. of secondary schools and over 50 per cent. of primary schools are using the principles of the Charter to draw up their own anti-bullying policies.
I refer the hon. Member to answers provided previously on the issue of funding (141379, and 147173), which detailed overall allocations for anti-bullying work in each financial year since 2002 as well as the funds given to organisations that the Department has worked with. Funding not allocated to external organisations was used to support a variety of activities, including anti-bullying resources such as DVDs and hard-copies of guidance documents, local and national events, the preparation of guidance, research, and publicity campaigns.
Pupils: Qualifications
The performance points for qualifications reported in the Achievement and Attainment Tables are determined by the size of each qualification and the challenge it represents, where size is an indication of the time spent by a centre in supporting a learner and challenge based on the grades it is possible to achieve at a particular level within the National Qualifications Framework. Size is converted into a measure based on the guided learning hours attached to a qualification, with GCSEs having a size measure of one. The Cache Certificate in Child Care and Education at Level 2 currently accredited (Qualification Accreditation Number 100/0645/X) requires 480 guided learning hours which converts to a size measure of five.
A revised version of this qualification has recently been accredited into the National Qualifications Framework (Qualification Accreditation Number 500/1886/3) and will be available to learners from 1 November 2007. The revised version will require 300 guided learning hours and will, therefore, have a size measure of three.
The size indicators are based on set ranges of guided learning hours, or bands. At Levels 1 and 2, a qualification with between 90 and 144 guided learning hours (such as a GCSE) will have a size indicator of one, while a qualification with between 415 and 504 guided learning hours (such as the CACHE Level 2 Certificate in Child Care and Education) will have a size indicator of five. For the purposes of the SCAAT, the CACHE Level 2 Certificate has a size equivalence of five GCSEs.
The challenge indicators are based on grades. Performance points are assigned to each grade within a grade range at each National Qualifications Framework level. An A* grade for a GCSE will attract 58 points, while a Distinction in a qualification with a three grade scheme such as the CACHE Level 2 Certificate in Child Care and Education, will attract 55 points. The points for a qualification are then multiplied by its size indicator to obtain its overall performance points scores.
The performance points that a qualification attracts are used solely as a measure of an institution’s performance, and are not a reflection of the amount of work a learner may need to undertake to achieve the qualification.
A revised version of this qualification has recently been accredited into the National Qualifications Framework (Qualification Accreditation Number 500/1886/3) and will be available for learners from 1 November 2007. This revised version has a volume of 300 guided learning hours and will therefore have a size indicator of three.
Pupils: Questionnaires
(2) how many complaints he has received about Ofsted’s inquiry form for primary school pupils about drink, drugs and local facilities;
(3) what his policy is on preserving anonymity of pupils when answering Ofsted questionnaires about lifestyle.
HM Chief Inspector, Christine Gilbert, has written to the hon. Member to explain how Ofsted will use information obtained from its questionnaires about lifestyles. A copy of her reply has been placed in the House Library.
I am aware of two letters received by the Department about the recent ‘Tellus2’ survey undertaken by Ofsted, both of which were referred to Ofsted for reply. I understand that Ofsted itself received seven queries from primary schools during the response period, three of which questioned the general suitability of some questions for younger children. Of these three, one specifically mentioned the question on drinking. These queries did not result in a complaint. Since the closure of the survey, Ofsted has received nine communications from parents, of which two expressed concern about the nature of the questions and two specifically mentioned the question on drinking. One of these latter two also mentioned the question on smoking. The primary school questionnaire did not include a question on drugs.
Respondents to such questionnaires quite rightly have their anonymity protected. In the case of the Tellus2 survey, children and young people responded using an individual, randomly generated ‘log in’ identifier, rather than their names or dates of birth. Postcode information was collected, at the request of local authorities, to enable summary information to be produced about groups of children living in different parts of an authority. However, this was on the basis that data would only be reported if no individuals or schools could be identified from it.
Pupils: School Meals
The Department has not issued guidance to schools on checking the contents of children’s home-made packed-lunches.
The School Food Trust guidance on food-based standards for school lunches contains advice to caterers and schools on how to ensure packed lunches they provide meet the standards. In addition, the Food Standards Agency has produced guidance on
providing healthy packed-lunches on its website.
Some schools have school food policies that ban certain products from being brought into school in packed lunches. If schools do want to adopt such policies, we would strongly recommend that they consult with parents.
School Meals: Expenditure
The Department does not collect data on the average daily expenditure on school meals by each local education authority.
School Meals: Nutrition
New food-based nutritional standards were introduced in September 2006 for school lunches and similar standards will apply to other school food from September 2007. Nutrient-based standards will be introduced for school lunches in September 2008 for primary schools and September 2009 for secondary schools.
These standards require that no more than two deep fried foods can be served in any single week. That includes deep-fried chips and oven-baked products which have been deep-fried as part of the manufacturing process, Limits have also been placed on the serving of meat products which mean that burgers can be served only once every two weeks. The nutrient-based standards will place limits on the levels of fat that can be served as part of a school lunch.
School Meals: Standards
(2) what his estimate is of the total school meal uptake in secondary schools in (a) 2003-04 and (b) 2006-07; and if he will make a statement;
(3) what information is collected by his Department on the costs and take-up of school meals; and if he will make a statement;
(4) how many and what proportion of pupils in (a) primary and (b) secondary schools took school meals in each reporting period since 1997; and if he will make a statement;
(5) what recent representations he has received from the Local Authorities Caterers Association on school meals.
The Department does not collect information about the cost of school meals or school lunch take-up. It has also not made an assessment of the new standards for school meals on levels of demand. However, the School Food Trust will be publishing in August the results of its annual survey on school lunch take-up. Early figures from that survey indicate that take-up in primary schools is down by 1.8 percentage points (to 40.6 per cent.) and in secondary schools by 5.3 percentage points (to 37.4 per cent.). And a recent survey by the Local Authority Caterers Association reported that total meal take-up has dropped over the three year period from 2003/04 to 2006/07. In primary schools the drop is 3 percentage points (to 40 per cent.) and in secondary schools 7 percentage points (to 35 per cent.).
The take-up figures are not unexpected as schools often experience falling demand with the introduction of healthier food. But we are in the early stages of our long-term ambition to transform school food: and we have other measures planed for the short and the longer term to promote school lunch and encourage children to eat more healthily. We also know that where schools take steps to manage the changes carefully through, for example, good marketing and pupil and parent involvement, take up can rise sharply.
Schools: Catering
(2) what the average school meal selling price to parents has been in each year since 2000-01; and if he will make a statement.
The Department does not collect information on the financial position of caterers or on the average school meal selling price. However, a recent survey from the Local Authority Caterers Association provided information on 2006/07 trading outturn forecasts for LA caterers which indicated that 9 per cent. would have a surplus, 26 per cent. would break even and 65 per cent. faced a deficit. The same survey reported on average school meal selling prices in primary schools, where the data shows an increase of 20 per cent. (from 1.37 to 1.64) between 2003/04 and 2006/07.
The information requested is not collected centrally.
Schools: Disabled
Detailed information for Ribble Valley schools is not held centrally as the Department makes capital allocations mainly on a local authority area basis. All local authorities and schools receive capital allocations to support their local priorities. This is in addition to our strategic programmes such as Building Schools for the Future (BSF) and, from 2008-09, the roll out of the new Primary Capital Programme. In addition to Lancashire’s investment through its BSF wave 1 project, over the current spending review period, 2005-06 to 2007-08, Lancashire authority and its schools have been allocated capital support of just over £139 million, of which over £41 million was allocated to Lancashire authority through the Single Capital Pot, including £4.4 million to support: the Schools Access Initiative to help make schools increasingly accessible.
Schools: Finance
The Dedicated Schools Grant (DSG) gives local authorities allocations for multi year periods: the allocations for 2007-08 will depend on pupil numbers in schools in January 2007 and the per pupil guaranteed unit of funding.
The DSG per pupil Guaranteed Unit of Funding is unchanged from that set in December 2005 and in:
2006-07 was based on spend per pupil in 2005-06, with: a basic increase of 5 per cent. per pupil (5.1 per cent. for London authorities); and headroom allocated to reflect five ministerial priorities.
2007-08 was based on the 2006-07 DSG Guaranteed Unit of Funding, with: a basic increase of 5 per cent. per pupil (5.1 per cent. for London authorities); and headroom allocated to reflect three ministerial priorities.
As the DSG per pupil guaranteed unit of funding is based on spend per pupil in 2005-06 It will: reflect the higher expenditure caused by the higher staff costs in some parts of the country; and be influenced by Government funding in 2005-06 (see as follows). Each of the ministerial priorities included an Area Cost Adjustment (ACA) factor which reflects two kinds of difference between areas in costs:
differences in labour costs (the ‘Labour Cost Adjustment’); and
differences in business rates paid on local authority premises (the ‘Rates Cost Adjustment’)
The formula used to calculate Schools Formula Spending Share for 2005-06 and previous years took account of the higher staff costs in some parts of the country through the inclusion of the ACA factor.
It is a matter for each local authority—in consultation with their Schools Forums—to determine the level of funding between different providers, based on an assessment of local circumstances.
Schools: Religious Sects
The Department has issued no such guidance. Religious education syllabuses for maintained schools without a religious designation are drawn up by an agreed syllabus conference which advises the local education authority. The non-statutory framework for Religious education was published in October 2004 and provides that pupils should be taught about Christianity, at least one other principle religion and a religious community with a significant local presence. It is up to schools and local authorities to decide upon resources and teaching methods and this would include checking the credentials of any organisation they chose to work with.
Schools: Sports
Competitive games activities have been compulsory for all 5-14 year olds as part of the PE National Curriculum since 1992.
The 2005/06 School Sport Survey, which collects data from schools in School Sport Partnerships, found that 97 per cent. (16,436) of schools held at least one competitive sports day in the year. In addition 10,725 competitive festivals of sport were staged.
Schools: Standards
The following table provides the information requested, in respect of schools removed from special measures during the autumn term 2006 and the spring term 2007.
Type of school Number of schools removed from special measures (including those closing or requiring significant improvement) Total number of months spent in special measures Average number of months in special measures Primary 50 807 16 Secondary 25 578 23 Special 4 72 18 Pupil Referral Units 3 43 14
Turnaround times for schools in special measures have reduced since 1997. For example, the average time primary schools spent in special measures in 1997/98 academic year was 23 months. The equivalent figure for secondary schools was 28 months.
This is a matter for Ofsted. HM Chief Inspector, Christine Gilbert, has written to the hon. Member and a copy of her reply has been placed in the House Library.
Schools: Termination of Employment
Where employers in the education sector have ceased to use the services of a person because they consider that person is unsuitable to work with children, or they would have ceased to use the person’s services where the person has left their employment, they are required to refer information to the Department. In addition, the Police refer to the Department cautions and convictions for those who have been working in educational establishments in accordance with Home Office Circular 6 / 2006 (The Notifiable Occupations Scheme). Therefore, school staff and others working with children are referred to the Department for a range of reasons including convictions or cautions for a wide range of offences, allegations involving various forms of misconduct, and referrals on the grounds of ill health.
The total number of all types of referrals received by the Department over the 12 months until 31 December 2006 was 2,784. Identifying how many members of school staff in each local authority had their employment terminated because of inappropriate relations with a student in the last 12 months would require detailed checks to be made of individual case records and this would incur disproportionate cost.
Schools: Vivisection
This Department is working in conjunction with the Department for Business, Enterprise and Regulatory Reform to launch a DVD based on the play ‘Every Breath’. This and supporting materials for teachers will be available to schools in October.
We have not yet appointed an organisation to develop and deliver training for teachers on discussing controversial topics In lessons, such as experiments involving animals.
Teachers
(2) what proportion of teachers were on (a) long-term and (b) short-term sick leave in each local authority area in the most recent reporting period for which information is available; and if he will make a statement;
(3) what proportion of (a) teacher and (b) head teacher posts were vacant in (i) the latest reporting period and (ii) each year from 1997 to 2007;
(4) what proportion of secondary school teachers have trained to teach in their degree subject;
(5) what his estimate is of the total staff employed by each local education authority in each year from 1997-98;
(6) what his estimate is of the ratio of teachers to teaching assistants in (a) primary and (b) secondary schools in each year since 1990.
The information requested can be provided only at disproportionate cost.
Information on School Workforce has been published in SFR 15/2007 “School Workforce in England (including pupil:teacher ratios and pupil:adult ratios), January 2007 (Provisional)” which was released on 26 April 2007. This is available on the Department’s website via the following link: http://www.dfes.gov.uk/rsgateway/DB/SFR/s000725/index.shtml and is also available in the Library. This is an annual publication, which includes tables for January 1997 to 2007 on teacher numbers, support staff numbers, teacher vacancies, pupil:teacher ratios (PTRs) and pupil:adult ratios (PARs), teacher ethnicity and teacher sickness absence.
Teachers: Qualifications
In order to enter an initial teacher training programme, trainee teachers must have at least a grade ‘C’ or equivalent in GCSE maths and English. For those teaching primary pupils, a grade ‘C’ or equivalent qualification in a science subject is also required.
Initial teacher training providers will typically also set additional requirements for entry to initial teacher training courses such as A levels, NVQs or work experience.
For a postgraduate course, trainee teachers must also have a degree. This also applies to the employment based routes into teaching; with the exception of the Registered Teacher Programme which requires that trainees have completed two years (240 CATS) of higher education.
Regardless of the route, a first degree or an equivalent and passing the professional skills tests in numeracy, literacy and information communication technology is a requirement for the award of qualified teacher status (QTS).
These requirements reflect a belief that all teachers should have a good standard of knowledge in the core subjects and that teaching is a job towards which our best and brightest young people should aspire. They also give parents confidence in the knowledge and competence of the teachers education their children.
Teachers: Training
The following tables show the total number of trainees on ITT courses between 2002/03 and 2006/07 with the break down of secondary figures by subject, for mainstream and Employment Based Routes (EBR) trainees.
Total number of trainees on ITT courses 2002/03 2003/04 2004/05 2005/06 2006/07 Primary 28,240 29,740 30,720 31,030 30,890 Secondary 21,040 22,330 21,720 21,020 20,480 Secondary by subject Mathematics 2,160 2,440 2,470 2,370 2,400 English (inc. drama) 2,440 2,440 2,380 2,260 2,250 Science 3,250 3,330 3,260 3,330 3,390 Modern Languages 1,890 1,970 1,750 1,580 1,580 Technology1 3,340 3,540 3,350 3,190 3,230 History 1,000 1,020 940 870 760 Geography 1,090 1,080 970 860 810 Physical education 2,820 3,010 2,910 2,880 2,780 Art 910 960 880 800 660 Music 750 750 710 700 690 Religious education 620 630 680 720 850 Citizenship 190 220 250 230 240 Other2 500 540 580 540 500 Vocational subjects3 0 160 280 350 330 Fast Track4 90 240 310 330 0 1 Technology includes design and technology, information and communications technology, business studies, graphics, textiles and food technology. 2 Other includes classics, dance, economics, media, performing arts and social studies. 3 Vocational subjects include applied art and design, leisure and tourism, applied ICT, applied science, applied business, engineering, manufacturing, and health and social care. 4 The Fast Track recruitment programme ended in 2005/06. Notes: 1. Figures for mainstream trainees include universities and other HE institutions, SCITT and OU, but exclude employment based routes. 2. Figures for 2006/07 are provisional and are subject to change. 3. Figures include trainees who are re-sitting all or part of their ITT programme. 4. Figures are for the total number of trainees on ITT courses therefore includes all trainees at all stages on courses of 1-5 year durations. 5. Figures are individually rounded to the nearest 10 and may not sum. Source: ITT Trainee Number Census.
Total number of trainees on ITT courses 2002/03 2003/04 2004/05 2005/06 2006/07 Primary 1,790 2,650 2,900 2,890 2,810 Secondary 3,180 4,370 4,800 4,610 4,520 Secondary by subject Mathematics 400 580 570 530 480 English (inc. drama) 670 880 950 960 940 Science 530 670 750 680 600 Modern Languages 230 320 290 260 230 Technology1 680 820 860 780 690 History 90 140 160 170 190 Geography 60 100 110 90 100 Physical education 150 310 450 430 510 Art 90 110 150 160 160 Music 80 140 130 150 170 Religious education 80 90 110 130 150 Citizenship 20 40 40 40 50 Other2 110 150 190 170 180 Vocational subjects 0 20 50 60 60 1 Technology includes design and technology (including textiles), food technology, information communications technology and business studies. 2 Other includes dance, humanities, law, media studies, PHSE, psychology, classics, economics, social sciences and social studies. The category also includes recruits to Key Stage 2/3 with no subject specialism from 2002/03 to 2005/06. Notes: 1. Numbers shown are rounded to the nearest 10. 2. Figures include trainees through the Graduate Teacher Programme (GTP), the Registered Teacher Programme (RTP), the Overseas Trained Teacher Programme (OTTP) and Teach First (TF). 3. Figures are taken from the employment based routes data management system (EBRDMS). 2006/07 figures are as at 23 July 2007 and are subject to change. Teach First began in 2003/04 and TF data has been included on EBRDMS since 2005/06. Figures for TF for 2003/04 and 2004/05 are taken from the Teach First organisation. 4. Trainees who withdrew before their programme start date are removed from the aforementioned data. 5. The aforementioned table is based on the assumption that all RTP trainees complete their training within two academic years. Therefore RTP trainees are counted in both the academic year in which their programme starts and in the following academic year. It should be noted that some courses may in fact be spread over three or more academic years. 6. The aforementioned table is based on the assumption that all GTP and OTTP trainees complete their training within one academic year. Therefore GTP and OTTP trainees are counted only once, in the academic year in which their programme starts. It should be noted that some courses may in fact be spread over two or more academic years. 7. TF is a two year programme, which includes one year’s initial teacher training. Therefore TF trainees are counted once in the academic year in which their programme starts. Source: TDA Employment Based Routes Database and the Teach First organisation.
The main source of university funding for initial teacher training (ITT) is mainstream grant funding allocated and paid to them by the Training and Development Agency for Schools (TDA). The allocations to these two institutions were as follows:
£ million Number of places 1996/97 College of Ripon and York St. John 2.2 1771 University of York 0.5 156 2006/07 College of Ripon and York St. John 3.8 827 University of York 0.8 134 1 ITT places.
The TDA does not hold or collect information on how much either of these two universities spends directly on ITT. Although mainstream grant funding represents the single biggest source of funding for ITT, there are other sources such as tuition fees; and individual universities have discretion about how they allocate their total resources between ITT and non-ITT activities.
The Training and Development Agency for Schools in England (TDA) allocates grant funding to accredited initial teacher training (ITT) providers for the purpose of delivering initial teacher training courses. The amount of funding is based on the number of ITT trainees recruited and registered on courses. The unit of funding varies according to the type of ITT. The TDA does not collect information on how providers use that funding as the cost is only a comparatively small part of the total cost of ITT. Therefore, the Department does not hold comparable information on the average cost of training primary and secondary teachers.
Teachers: Yorkshire and Humberside
The following table provides the full-time equivalent number of regular teachers, teaching assistants and other support staff in local authority maintained schools in Yorkshire and the Humber Government Office Region and the City of York local authority In January 1997 and 2006.
Regular teachers1 Teaching assistants2,3 Support staff2, 4 (excluding teaching assistants) 1997 2006 1997 2006 1997 2006 Yorkshire and the Humber 41,900 44,900 7,700 17,330 7,160 14,400 City of York 1,290 1,370 140 500 180 280 1 Source: DCSF annual survey of teachers in service and teacher vacancies (618g). 2 Source: DGSF School Census. 3 Teaching assistants include special needs support staff and minority ethnic support staff. 4 Support staff include administrative staff, technicians and other support staff. Note: Figures are rounded to the nearest 10.
York College: Finance
I have been asked to reply.
Investment in further education provision, including that delivered by general further education colleges like York college, has risen nationally by 48 per cent. in real terms between 1997 and 2005.
My Department does not hold information on publicly funded post-16 places at individual provider level. I am therefore copying this to Mark Haysom, the Learning and Skills Council’s Chief Executive, so that he can respond with the detailed information you have requested. A copy of his reply will be placed in the House Library.
Justice
Feltham Young Offender Institution and Remand Centre
The then governor of Feltham commissioned the investigation and was in charge of the subsequent disciplinary hearing. The then head of race relations was the investigating officer.
Fixed Penalties: Essex
The information collected by the Office for Criminal Justice Reform identifies the number of motoring offences fixed penalty notices issued by result at police force area level. Data are collected on the disposal, (i.e. paid, fine registration certificate issued etc.). However because of the time taken for the procedures for payment to be enforced the data are collected approximately nine months later than the period of issue and published in the following years' annual volume covering motoring offences.
2003 data are provided in Table A. 2004 data will be published in the autumn in the publication “Offences Relating to Motor Vehicles, England and Wales 2005, Supplementary Tables”. It is expected that 2005 data will be published in 2008 and 2006 data in 2009.
The penalty notice for disorder (PND) scheme was rolled out to police forces in England and Wales in 2004 under the provisions of the Criminal Justice and Police Act 2001. Data on the number of the penalty notices issued, paid, contested in court as well as unpaid PNDs registered as fines, for 2004 and 2005 in Essex, are provided in Table B. In addition, provisional data show that a further 4,357 PNDs were issued in 2006; detailed information on the number paid, contested in court and fine registered will be available this autumn.
Under the scheme, the police are able to issue penalty notices of either £50 or £80 for a specified range of minor disorder offences. The recipient of a PND has 21 days to either pay the penalty or seek a court hearing. If the recipient takes no action and the notice remains unanswered, a fine of one-and-a-half times the penalty amount is registered against them. The courts are responsible for enforcing PNDs in the same way as any other unpaid fine.
Fixed penalty notices Endorsable Non-endorsable (driver present) Non-endorsable (driver absent) Total Number of notices Paid within 28 days 85,041 5,918 6,443 97,402 Payment accepted after 28 days 10,250 941 2,497 13,688 Sub-total paid 95,291 6,859 8,940 111,090 Process issued — — 5 5 No further action taken 34 110 1,171 1,315 Fine registration certificate issued1 273 1,818 2,190 4,281 Total 95,598 8,787 12,306 116,691 Percentage of notices Paid within 28 days 88.96 67.35 52.36 83.47 Payment accepted after 28 days 10.72 10.71 20.29 11.73 Sub-total paid 99.68 78.06 72.65 95.20 Process issued — — 0.04 0.00 No further action taken 0.04 1.25 9.52 1.13 Fine registration certificate issued1 0.29 20.69 17.80 3.67 Total 100 100 100 100 1 Includes outcomes not finalised. Note: Every effort is made to ensure that the figures presented are accurate and complete. However, it is important to note that these data have been extracted from large administrative data systems generated by the police forces. As a consequence, care should be taken to ensure data collection processes and their inevitable limitations are taken into account when those data are used. Source: Fixed penalty notices collection held by Office for Criminal Justice Reform.
Number issued Paid in full Court hearing requested Fine registered 2004 2,802 1,681 — 1,054 2005 4.454 2,789 3 1,464 1 Every effort is made to ensure that the figures presented are accurate and complete. However, it is important to note that these data have been extracted from large administrative data systems generated by police forces. As a consequence, care should be taken to ensure data collection processes and their inevitable limitations are taken into account when those data are used.
Members: Correspondence
The Secretary of State for Justice and Lord Chancellor replied to the right hon. Member on 26 July.
Police Cautions: Yorkshire and Humberside
(2) how many cautions were issued in West Yorkshire in each of the last five years; for what categories of offences cautions were issued; and whether cautions may be repeated for the same offence.
[holding answer 23 July 2007]: I have been asked to reply.
The number of persons aged 10 to 15 cautioned for all offences in West Yorkshire police force area for the years 2001 to 2005, along with the number of defendants of all ages cautioned by offence type in West Yorkshire police force area, and the number of defendants of all ages cautioned for sexual offences in England and Wales for the years 2001 to 2005 can be viewed in the following tables. This information is from the court proceedings database held by the Office for Criminal Justice Reform.
Information on cautions collected by the police is only reported to the Office for Criminal Justice Reform broken down at force area level, not by police division, so it is not possible to separately identify the number of cautions in Leeds from our data.
Technically an offender could receive a second caution for a similar offence but it should be in very extenuating circumstances. The Home Office Circular discourages repeat use of the same penalty with the same offender. Someone who offends again needs to know that the next response will be a tougher one. And where a serious offence is committed, then the case should go to court.
Therefore both national and locally held records must be checked before a caution is given. If the suspect has previously received a caution then a further caution should not normally be considered. If there has been a sufficient lapse of time to suggest that a previous caution has had a "significant deterrent effect" then a caution can be administered, but it is at the discretion of the police and CPS. The lapse of time varies, in practice, between forces.
2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 West Yorkshire police force area Age 10-15 3,099 3,158 3,116 4,140 5,149 1 These data are on the principal offence basis. 2 Every effort is made to ensure that the figures presented are accurate and complete. However, it is important to note that these data have been extracted from large administrative data systems generated by police forces. As a consequence, care should be taken to ensure data collection processes and their inevitable limitations are taken into account when those data are used. Our ref:PQ151448 Source: RDS Office for Criminal Justice Reform—Ministry of Justice.
2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 West Yorkshire Violence against the person 1,109 1,670 2,493 4,277 6,038 Burglary 401 390 346 485 563 Robbery 37 37 29 41 49 Theft and handling stolen goods 2,688 2,423 2,538 3,138 3,635 Fraud and forgery 208 210 189 279 332 Criminal damage 52 76 83 101 149 Drug offences 934 1,271 1,294 1,457 1,674 Other indictable offences 139 165 323 362 520 Summary offences (excluding motoring) 3,474 3,787 3,951 4,743 4,859 Sexual offences 29 44 31 76 85 England and Wales Sexual offences 1,240 1,203 1,359 1,553 1,761 1 These data are on the principal offence basis. 2 Every effort is made to ensure that the figures presented are accurate and complete. However, it is important to note that these data have been extracted from large administrative data systems generated by police forces. As a consequence, care should be taken to ensure data collection processes and their inevitable limitations are taken into account when those data are used. Our ref: PQ 151284 and 151285. Source: RDS Office for Criminal Justice Reform—Ministry of Justice.
Innovation, Universities and Skills
Adult Education: Expenditure
The figures requested are shown in the following table.
£ millions Financial years 2001-02 2002-03 2003-04 2004-05 2005-06 19+ Further Education 1,692 1,695 1,882 1,902 2,011 Train to Gain/Employer Training Pilot n/a 7 33 89 142 19+ Workbased Learning 154 211 213 243 232 Personal and Community Development Learning (PCDL) 153 194 225 237 229 Adults Total 1,999 2,107 2,353 2,471 2,614
Adult Education: Liverpool
(2) what procedure he has put in place to enable him to assess the adequacy of the Learning and Skills Council’s allocation of funds for non-priority adult education in Liverpool.
[holding answer 19 July 2007]: We have increased public investment in further education by 48 per cent. in real terms between 1997-98 and 2005-06 and funding for adult education has increased by 7 per cent. between 2005-06 and 2007-08.
In October 2005 the Learning and Skills Council (LSC) published “Priorities for Success” which set out our funding strategy for 2006-07 and 2007-08 and was updated in October 2006 with the publication of the LSC’s Annual Statement of Priorities. The strategy set out our funding priorities and in line with our Skills Strategy focused public funding on helping adults to develop the skills they will need for sustained employment and further progression in learning.
The LSC has worked with providers across the country including in Liverpool to align provision to meet these priorities. Where providers have previously delivered large volumes of short courses and other lower priority activity then this has resulted in significant shifts of funding towards more substantive programmes that meet national priorities. In these circumstances the LSC have looked at the extent to which provision can be aligned in a single year taking into account historical levels of delivery and the needs of the local community.
In terms of provision outside of these priorities we have safeguarded £210 million for personal and community development learning, including leisure learning in both 2006-07 and 2007-08. We also recognise the need to ensure that we have sufficient provision at lower levels to support progression through to higher level qualifications and we will be supporting this activity through the Foundation Learning Tier.
Adult Education: Qualifications
The numbers of successes and success rates by level for adult Further Education and Work Based Learning are shown in the following tables. Similar information is not centrally collated for the other strands of adult education.
Qualification type Successes (thousands) 2004/05 Success rates (percentage) 2001/02 2001/02 2002/03 2003/04 2005/06 2001/02 2001/02 2002/03 2003/04 2005/06 Long1 courses Level 1 296 401 399 378 331 50 59 59 61 64 Level 2 258 261 262 280 288 49 54 54 60 65 Full Level 2 learning aims n/a 64 65 83 99 n/a 54 55 60 66 Not full level 2 learning aims n/a 197 197 198 188 n/a 54 54 60 65 Level 3 185 170 173 176 178 50 53 54 58 63 Level 4, 5 and HE 11 13 7 10 12 38 47 59 59 62 Level not specified 192 66 72 79 66 62 68 63 72 76 All Long1 courses 948 917 913 923 875 52 57 57 61 65 All Short2 courses 1,832 2,124 2,131 2,116 1,637 75 82 82 83 85 All Qualifications 2,773 3,023 3,044 3,040 2,513 65 72 72 75 77 1 Long courses are of expected length of 24 weeks or more 2 Short courses are of expected length of less than 24 weeks
Successes1 (thousands) Current success rates (percentage) Programme type 2001/02 2001/02 2002/03 2003/04 2005/06 2001/02 2001/02 2002/03 2003/04 2005/06 Advanced Apprentice-ships (Level 3) 10 12 12 13 17 31 39 44 50 60 Apprentice-ships at level 2 10 14 17 24 28 31 35 42 52 59 All frameworks or NVQs2 25 35 39 44 49 33 40 46 53 60 1 Successfully completing framework or NVQ component or both. 2 Includes NVQ training not separately identified above.
Adult Learning Grant
The Adult Learning Grant (ALG) provides income assessed support of up to £30 per week to adults studying full time for their first full Level 2 or first full Level 3 qualification. Following a successful pilot period during which ALG has been shown to improve retention and success rates among learners it is being introduced across England from September 2007. The scheme is administered by a single helpline, Assessment and Payment body, with further education colleges providing voluntary support to applicants. Outline guidance was distributed to all colleges in June. Full, detailed administrative guidance will be published in early August 2007.
Apprentices
Data relating to progression for apprenticeship to advanced apprenticeship is not currently available in a comprehensive manner because of the lack of unique learner identifiers in the Learning and Skills Council’s (LSC) individualised learner record (ILR) data prior to 2007/08. The unique learner number (ULN) will enable the linking of two mutually exclusive records and episodes of learning to estimate the volume of learners progressing to advanced apprenticeship. The ULN is expected to be rolled out to all provision from January 2008, with a plan to compel use by LSC funded provision from September 2008. It will then take some years to work through the system before the ULN can be used to comprehensively monitor the progress of learners across provision, where there has been a break in the training.
Assessments: Prisoners
The ‘Reducing Re-Offending Through Skills and Employment: Next Steps’, published jointly by the former department for education and skills, the Home Office and the department for Work and Pensions in December 2006 gave a clear commitment to improve the use of technology in delivering learning to offenders in custody, as well as offering more widespread access to ICT qualifications.
DIUS are working closely with NOMS on an initiative to deliver resettlement services electronically to offenders. The Programme for Offender Learning and Resettlement Information Services (POLARIS) is being trialled in selected London prisons to develop a secure means of offering prisoners access to e-learning, including on-line examinations, and other resettlement services.
Degrees: Ethnic Groups
(2) how many and what percentage of students from (a) Asian Bangladeshi, (b) Asian Chinese, (c) Asian Indian, (d) Asian Pakistani, (e) other Asian, (f) Black African, (g) Black Caribbean, (h) Other Black, (i) White and (j) other ethnic backgrounds (i) applied and (ii) were accepted for (A) foundation degrees, (B) undergraduate honours degrees and (C) HNDs in each year since 1997.
The available information is shown in the tables. The figures are taken from data collected by the Universities and Colleges Admissions Service (UCAS) which are limited to students who apply to full-time undergraduate courses via the UCAS application system. The figures do not therefore cover part-time students, nor those full-time students who apply directly to Higher Education Institutions.
UCAS do not allocate applicants to specific course types because students can submit up to six applications to one or more of First Degree, Foundation Degree, HMD or other courses. For acceptances, the figures for Degrees include both first degrees and foundation degrees.
A new classification of ethnic group was introduced in 2001 which allowed those students of mixed ethnicity to be classified in more detail. Figures for 2000 and earlier are therefore not strictly comparable with those for 2001 and later years.
1997 1998 1999 2000 Ethnic Group Number Percentage Number Percentage Number Percentage Number Percentage Asian Bangladeshi 2,461 0.7 2,574 0.7 2,854 0.8 3,013 0.8 Asian Chinese 3,477 0.9 3,353 0.9 3,570 1.0 3,594 1.0 Asian Indian 15,317 4.1 15,910 4.4 16,590 4.6 17,024 4.7 Asian Pakistani 9,124 2.4 9,482 2.6 9,944 2.8 10,223 2.8 Other Asian 4,581 1.2 4,553 1.3 4,606 1.3 4,699 1.3 Black African 7,687 2.1 7,061 2.0 7,091 2.0 7,517 2.1 Black Caribbean 4,832 1.3 4,547 1.3 4,540 1.3 4,370 1.2 Other Black 2,296 0.6 2,431 0.7 2,517 0.7 2,724 0.8 White 315,137 84.4 300,927 83.8 299,620 83.2 298,395 82.7 Other ethnic backgrounds 6,367 1.7 6,346 1.8 6,749 1.9 7,171 2.0 Total with known ethnic backgrounds 373,276 100.0 359,182 100.0 360,080 100.0 360,730 100.0 Unknown 27,048 — 32,404 — 30,610 — 30,361 — Total including unknown 398,327 — 389,588 — 388,691 — 389,091 —
Ethnic Group Number Percentage Number Percentage Number Percentage Asian Bangladeshi 3,278 0.9 3,074 0.8 3,272 0.9 Asian Chinese 3,783 1.0 3,754 1.0 3,799 1.1 Asian Indian 17,234 4.7 16,309 4.4 16,402 4.6 Asian Pakistani 11,040 3.0 10,202 2.8 10,735 3.0 Other Asian 4,450 1.2 4,544 1.2 4,706 1.3 Black African 8,546 2.3 8,992 2.4 10,856 3.0 Black Caribbean 4,823 1.3 4,676 1.3 4,926 1.4 Other Black 1,072 0.3 1,060 0.3 1,237 0.3 White 302,636 82.6 304,366 82.9 290,769 81.2 Other ethnic backgrounds1 9,729 2.7 10,159 2.8 11,241 3.1 Total with known ethnic backgrounds 366,591 100.0 367,136 100.0 357,943 100.0 Unknown 33,054 — 34,718 — 31,179 — Total including unknown 399,645 — 401,854 — 409,968 —
Ethnic Group Number Percentage Number Percentage Number Percentage Asian Bangladeshi 3,538 0.9 3,684 0.9 3,964 1.0 Asian Chinese 4,069 1.1 4,029 1.0 3,935 1.0 Asian Indian 16,471 4.3 17,110 4.1 16,977 4.1 Asian Pakistani 11,066 2.9 11,661 2.8 11,705 2.9 Other Asian 4,591 1.2 5,339 1.3 5,289 1.3 Black African 12,206 3.2 15,572 3.7 16,120 3.9 Black Caribbean 5,194 1.3 5,984 1.4 6,321 1.5 Other Black 1,251 0.3 1,564 0.4 1,536 0.4 White 314,251 81.5 339,781 80.7 328,013 79.9 Other ethnic backgrounds1 12,920 3.4 16,263 3.9 16,503 4.0 Total with known ethnic backgrounds 385,557 100.0 420,987 100.0 410,363 100.0 Unknown 27,777 — 23,643 — 21,833 — Total including unknown 413,334 — 444,630 — 432,196 — 1 Other ethnic backgrounds includes mixed white/Asian, white/black African, white/black Carribean and other mixed backgrounds. Note: Percentages are in terms of the number of students with known ethnic backgrounds.
1997 1998 Degree HND Degree HND EthnicGroup Number Percentage Number Percentage Number Percentage Number Percentage Asian Bangladeshi 1,527 0.6 222 0.9 1,627 0.6 181 0.8 Asian Chinese 2,444 0.9 288 1.2 2,448 1.0 245 1.1 Asian Indian 10,154 3.9 1,506 6.3 10,669 4.2 1,431 6.4 Asian Pakistani 5,487 2.1 865 3.6 5,745 2.3 853 3.8 Other Asian 3,055 1.2 288 1 .2 3,049 1.2 244 1.1 Black African 4,249 1.6 538 2.3 3,962 1.6 542 2.4 Black Caribbean 2,745 1.1 437 1.8 2,580 1.0 368 1.7 Other Black 1,338 0.5 188 0.8 1,437 0.6 205 0.9 White 224,448 86.4 19,140 80.1 216,882 85.9 17,746 79.9 Other ethnic backgrounds 4,213 1.6 416 1.7 4,213 1.7 397 1.8 Total with known ethnic backgrounds 259,660 100.0 23,888 100.0 252,612 100.0 22,212 100.0 Unknown 16,843 — 2,927 — 19,728 — 3,668 — Total including unknown 276,503 — 26,815 — 272,340 — 25,880 —
Degree HND Degree HND Ethnic Group Number Percentage Number Percentage Number Percentage Number Percentage Asian Bangladeshi 1,817 0.7 232 1.0 2,051 0.8 239 1.0 Asian Chinese 2,618 1.0 258 1.2 2,746 1.0 253 1.1 Asian Indian 11,446 4.4 1,521 6.9 12,253 4.7 1,416 6.2 Asian Pakistani 6,030 2.3 1,042 4.7 6,486 2.5 976 4.3 Other Asian 3,137 1.2 262 1.2 3,453 1.3 246 1.1 Black African 4,201 1.6 519 2.3 4,604 1.8 489 2.1 Black Caribbean 2,605 1.0 400 1.8 2,609 1.0 416 1.8 Other Black 1,545 0.6 204 0.9 1,697 0.6 225 1.0 White 219,922 85.3 17,284 78.1 222,046 84.4 18,080 79.2 Other ethnic backgrounds 4,602 1.8 420 1.9 5,112 1.9 489 2.1 Total with known ethnic backgrounds 257,923 100.0 22,142 100.0 263,057 100.0 22,829 100.0 Unknown 19,417 — 3,583 — 18,752 — 4,080 — Total including unknown 277,340 — 25,725 — 281,809 — 26,909 —
Degree HND Degree HND Ethnic Group Number Percentage Number Percentage Number Percentage Number Percentage Asian Bangladeshi 2,148 0.8 295 1.3 2,239 0.8 217 1.2 Asian Chinese 2,935 1.1 250 1.1 3,002 1.1 192 1.1 Asian Indian 13,030 4.7 1,417 6.2 12,812 4.5 1,000 5.6 Asian Pakistani 7,424 2.7 1,057 4.6 7,259 2.5 798 4.4 Other Asian 3,283 1.2 235 1.0 3,462 1.2 159 0.9 Black African 5,494 2.0 518 2.3 5,940 2.1 465 2.6 Black Caribbean 3,058 1.1 433 1.9 3,141 1.1 350 1.9 Other Black 686 0.2 84 0.4 735 0.3 68 0.4 White 231,370 83.6 18,052 78.9 238,351 83.7 14,312 79.6 Other ethnic backgrounds1 7,182 2.6 533 2.3 7,793 2.7 422 2.3 Total with known ethnic backgrounds 276,610 100.0 22,874 100.0 284,734 100.0 17,983 100.0 Unknown 21,447 — 4,541 — 24,726 — 4,282 — Total including unknown 298,057 — 27,415 — 309,460 — 22,265 —
Degree HND Degree HND Ethnic Group Number Percentage Number Percentage Number Percentage Number Percentage Asian Bangladeshi 2,381 0.8 167 1.1 2,681 0.9 124 1.1 Asian Chinese 3,067 1.0 132 0.9 3,311 1.1 106 0.9 Asian Indian 13,178 4.5 785 5.4 13,147 4.4 555 4.8 Asian Pakistani 7,618 2.6 713 4.9 7,999 2.7 513 4.5 Other Asian 3,491 1.2 151 1.0 3,427 1.1 105 0.9 Black African 7,305 2.5 467 3.2 8,076 2.7 355 3.1 Black Caribbean 3,379 1.1 285 1.9 3,584 1.2 208 1.8 Other Black 883 0.3 53 0.4 843 0.3 54 0.5 White 244,302 83.1 11,452 78.3 247,992 82.4 9,147 79.6 Other ethnic backgrounds1 8,509 2.9 426 2.9 9,878 3.3 320 2.8 Total with known ethnic backgrounds 294,113 100.0 14,631 100.0 300,938 100.0 11,487 100.0 Unknown 22,129 — 3,069 — 19,599 — 2,271 — Total including unknown 316,242 — 17,700 — 320,537 — 13,758 —
Degree HND Degree HND Ethnic Group Number Percentage Number Percentage Number Percentage Number Percentage Asian Bangladeshi 2,774 0.8 117 1.2 3,058 1.0 89 1.2 Asian Chinese 3,311 1.0 78 0.8 3,257 1.0 54 0.7 Asian Indian 13,781 4.2 492 4.9 13,688 4.3 378 5.2 Asian Pakistani 8,458 2.6 455 4.6 8,635 2.7 377 5.2 Other Asian 3,995 1.2 87 0.9 3,929 1.2 86 1.2 Black African 10,114 3.1 382 3.8 10,673 3.4 300 4.2 Black Caribbean 4,233 1.3 220 2.2 4,571 1.4 154 2.1 Other Black 1,064 0.3 52 0.5 1,071 0.3 39 0.5 White 271,394 81.8 7,724 77.4 257,059 80.7 5,448 75.6 Other ethnic backgrounds1 12,476 3.8 371 3.7 12,546 3.9 280 3.9 Total with known ethnic backgrounds 331,600 100.0 9,978 100.0 318,487 100.0 7,205 100.0 Unknown 17,248 — 1,418 — 18,451 — 1,421 — Total including unknown 348,848 — 11,396 — 336,938 — 8,626 — 1 Other ethnic backgrounds includes mixed white/Asian, white/black African, white/black Carribean and other mixed backgrounds. Note: Percentages are in terms of the number of students with known ethnic backgrounds.
Departments: Discrimination
The Department believes that mainstreaming diversity into its talent and performance management policies is the most effective form of positive action. Over the past five years, the Department has developed two internal development schemes of positive action. Positive discrimination is unlawful and is not departmental policy.
Departments: Early Retirement
The information is not available in the form requested and could be provided only at disproportionate cost.
In the former DFES, there have been voluntary early severance and retirement releases. For the 2002-03 financial year to the end of the 2006-07 financial year, the total number and cost for such releases from the former DFES were as follows:
Financial year Number of early releases (from former DFES) Total cost (to former DFES) (£ million) 2002-03 57 5.57 2003-04 28 2.54 2004-05 332 17.1 2005-06 204 15.1 2006-07 156 10.55
Departments: Flint Bishop
I can confirm that the Department for Innovation, Universities and Skills and its predecessor, the Department for Education and Skills have no record of any payments to Flint Bishop solicitors during the last seven years. The Department does not hold data prior to financial year 1999-2000.
The Department does not have any Executive agencies.
Departments: Legislation
In policy areas for which the Department is responsible, there have been no Bills introduced in the last five years which have contained sunset clauses. The appropriateness of a sunset clause for the whole or part of any proposed legislation is considered on a case by case basis. It is also addressed when a regulatory impact assessment relating to legislation is being prepared.
The following Bills introduced by the Department and its predecessors in areas within the Department's responsibility in the last five years have not contained sunset clauses:
The Higher Education Act 2004
The Patents Act 2004
The Further Education and Training Bill
Departments: Manpower
The information is as follows.
(a) 560 employees were employed by the DFES and
(b) 1,294 by an other Department prior to 27 June 2007.
Departments: Private Finance Initiative
Information on all signed private finance initiative contracts, including balance sheet treatment and future unitary charges, is included in HM Treasury's PFI Signed Projects List, which is available through
www.hm.treasury.gov.uk/documents/public_private_partnerships/ppp_pfi_stats.
The information covers the unitary charge payment projections up to 2033-34. (A unitary charge can frequently include capital repayments, service provision, inflation and major refurbishment).
This is a working document containing information on current signed PFI projects. It is updated on a six-monthly basis to reflect the updates HM Treasury receives from Departments at Budget and pre-Budget report.
An announcement will be made in the autumn on the amount of PFI credits likely to be available in the comprehensive review period from 2008 to 2011.
Departments: Recruitment
In 2004-05, the cost of fees to recruitment agencies for temporary staff was £2,485,158. In 2005-06, the cost was £2,585,392 and in 2006-07, it was £2,076,348. The cost of temporary staff via recruitment agencies for 2007 to date is £2,210,740.
Information for fees paid in other financial years from 1997 through to 2004 for temporary staff and in each year since 1997 for permanent staff is not collected in the form requested and could be obtained only at disproportionate cost.
Departments: Redundancy Pay
There have been no compulsory redundancies in the period.
Departments: Taxis
Details of expenditure on taxis incurred by the Department over the last financial year are set out as follows:
2006-07: £268,857.79
The expenditure is based on staff travel claims and approved invoices received from taxi companies paid via the Department’s Integrated Financial Information System.
This figure does not include expenditure for taxi fares incurred abroad or claims by staff that do not have access to the on-line system. To extract this information would involve disproportionate cost.
The Department for Innovation, Universities and Skills (DIUS) was established under Machinery of Government changes on 28 June 2007. This response only related to those areas of responsibility held by its predecessor the Department for Education and Skills.
Departments: Training
Costs for staff and communication training for the former DFES are available from 1 July 2006 to 30 June 2007 in the following table:
Budget Cost (£) Communications training 49,204 Learning and Development 2,259,991
Departments: Travel
The spend from departmental officials for travel within the UK on first class rail tickets for the 12 month period July 2006 to June 2007 for the former Department for Education and Skills was £3,923,948.
The spend form departmental officials on (a) business class flights in the 12 month period July 2006 to June 2007 for the former Department for Education and Skills was £295,593 and (b) first class flights in the 12 month period July 2006 to June 2007 for the former Department for Education and Skills was £13,146.
The annual list of Cabinet Ministers overseas travel for 2006/07 was published on 25 July 2007.
Further Education: Curriculum
I have not received any representations on this subject. There is no statutory post 16 curriculum. Individual colleges work with partner agencies including local authorities, the LSC, their learners and employers to deliver a curriculum which meets the needs of the community they serve.
Further Education: Mature Students
We set out in “World Class Skills: Implementing the Leitch Review of Skills in England” our plans to consider how best to deliver the functions and services that support the further education system, building on the progress made with the Learning and Skills Council over recent years in developing a demand-led approach. In taking forward these changes, the Government will work closely with key stakeholders, including the LSC, HEFCE, RDAs and Sector Skills Councils, to ensure any necessary new arrangements are introduced with minimal impact to learners, employers and providers. We will announce in due course proposals for how we will review the funding and accountability framework to best support initiative and high performance.
As regards the brokerage service offered as part of the Train to Gain programme, the Sub-National Review published on 17 July made clear the Government’s view that a single brokerage service is the simplest way for business to access government support. However, the Government are currently consulting on business support simplification. The conclusions of this consultation will be available to the Government by the time of the Comprehensive Spending Review, allowing the Government to give effect to any changes on the provision of brokerage services by April 2009.
Graduates: Debts
We estimate that a student who entered higher education in 2006/07 will take an average of 13 years to repay their student loan. This period is counted from the statutory repayment due date, which is the April following the year of graduation.
Hertfordshire University: Finance
The Department provides no direct funding to the institution, and information is not held centrally on whether the university has used its grant funding from HEFCE, or funding from other sources, to support its shift towards becoming overtly ‘business-facing’.
However, the Higher Education Funding Council for England (HEFCE) has provided project funding for the University of Hertfordshire to develop its employer engagement activities. The university received £2.93 million under the third round of the Higher Education Innovation Fund (HEIF) to support engagement with a range of knowledge transfer activities with business, public sector and community partners, for direct or indirect economic benefit. It received Strategic Development Fund money to: take forward its employer engagement strategy through projects aiming to secure an effective and sustainable relationship with a substantial pool of employers and enable it to address the skill needs of employers, students and its graduates (£2.2 million); re-engineer the institution to meet the needs of small and medium-sized employers (£2.0 million).
Higher Education
Information on the number of students who were awarded 5 or 5* in the RAE exercise are not held by the Department.
Higher Education: Admissions
The latest available information is shown in the table. The figures are taken from data collected by the Universities and Colleges Admissions Service (UCAS) which are limited to students who apply to full-time undergraduate courses via the UCAS application system. The figures do not therefore cover part-time students, nor those full-time students who apply directly to higher education institutions.
Details of applicants by local authority are not held by the Universities and Colleges Admissions Service (UCAS), therefore applicants from Cornwall are not available.
Year of entry Number of applicants from South West England1 1997 33,081 329,413 1998 32,190 322,579 1999 31,716 323,141 2000 32,286 321,343 2001 33,004 330,856 2002 33,340 331,350 2003 33,198 337,187 2004 34,081 339,600 2005 37,351 367,741 2006 34,743 357,431 1 Includes applicants from the south west. Source: Universities and Colleges Admissions Service (UCAS)
The latest figures released by UCAS show that by 30 June, the number of students applying to enter higher education in 2007 was up by 6.3 per cent. on the same point in 2006, and was also up on the bumper year of 2005. This means that applicants are the highest ever at this point in the application cycle.
Higher Education: Adult Education
[holding answer 25 July 2007]: The adult residential colleges designated under section 28 of the further and Higher Education Act 1992 are a small, distinct group of colleges which were brought into the further education (FE) sector in 1993 in order to be eligible to receive public funding alongside other further education colleges.
The role of these colleges, which are all registered charities, differs according to their historical background but all focus primarily on helping adults who currently have either no or few qualifications often due to financial, personal or social barriers experienced in the past and who are seeking a return to learning. The residential facilities provide a network for personal and learning support encouraged through events and activities outside the formal timetable.
Courses range widely from those designated to develop personal skills and the basic skills necessary for employability to those resulting in formal academic and vocational qualifications. Some colleges also offer higher education courses or help prepare students for progression to university.
[holding answer 25 July 2007]: The Learning and Skills Council has commissioned work from RCU Market Research Unit which will comprise a wide ranging review of the four adult residential colleges (Hillcroft, Fircroft, Ruskin and Northern) in England. The review is underway and is looking at the following areas:
the curriculum offer, student profile and achievements, mission and ethos of the colleges;
value for money;
the residential bursary scheme, managed by Ruskin college on behalf of the four colleges;
the profile of the teaching and other staff in the four colleges;
other resources of funding that the four colleges receive;
the socio-economic benefits of the four colleges;
the Capital and disability Discrimination Act support the colleges receive.
The final report from the review is due in October 2007. It is not intended for publication as it will contain commercially sensitive data from which the individual colleges could be identified. The report will be used as intended by the LSC and the colleges to take work forward and review future funding and other arrangements for this provision.
Higher Education: Business
In ‘World Class Skills: Implementing the Leitch Review of Skills in England’ we have said that ‘business-facing’ should be a description with which any higher education institution feels comfortable. An increasing number of Higher Education Institutions (HEIs) already seem comfortable being recognised as responsive to the needs of employers and their workforces, in ways that are consistent with their mission.
A group of five universities are being supported by the Higher Education Funding Council for England (HEFCE) as ‘third stream as second mission’ institutions (Brighton, Central England in Birmingham, DeMontfort, Sheffield Hallam, and Hertfordshire Universities) and these are exploring how such institutions can address issues relating to the country’s productivity and competitiveness, in addition to pursuing their widely-recognised teaching activity.
Beyond this, currently a further seven HEIs are funded under HEFCE’s ‘employer engagement pilots’ initiative and exploring links with work force development. The Higher Education Innovation Fund (HEIF)—£238 million for 2006/07—is an important source of support for all HEIs, helping the sector to engage in a broad range of knowledge transfer activities with business, public sector and community partners, for direct or indirect economic benefit.
HEFCE’s latest annual HE Business Community Interaction survey illustrates the wide range of HEIs forging links with business and the community (including via the Skills for Business Network) and raising income from various activities, such as business-funded research, consultancy contracts and continuing professional development courses.
Individual higher education institutions (HEIs) will decide whether they should best be described as 'business-facing', and in which contexts. However, several have undertaken action that should make them more clearly 'business-facing'. The university of Hertfordshire is one that has recently done so. Government wishes to see many more institutions becoming comfortable with this term, or alternative ones, that accurately describe their significant level of collaboration with business and their wider communities and the value that they and their partners perceive in such links.
A group of five universities are being supported by the Higher Education Funding Council for England (HEFCE) as 'third stream as second mission' institutions (Brighton, Central England in Birmingham, DeMontfort, Sheffield Hallam, and Hertfordshire universities) and these are exploring how such institutions can address issues relating to the country's productivity and competitiveness, in addition to pursuing their widely-recognised teaching missions.
The Department has a policy of encouraging universities to increase their interaction with business. The Higher Education Innovation Fund, which provides funding to all Higher Education Institutions in England, is a key incentive. The funding for this programme has increased from £187 million for the two academic years 2004/05-2005/06 to £238 million for 2006/07-2007/08. The Higher Education Funding Council for England (HEFCE) has allocated £60 million of its research funding (QR) in 2007/08 by reference to research grants and contracts from business. And HEFCE fund a range of projects that respond to, and increase, employer demand for workforce development. Future funding allocations will be announced at the appropriate time.
The Higher Education Funding Council for England (HEFCE) and officials will continue to monitor the levels of interaction between higher education institutions (HEIs) and employers as indicated by HEFCE’s annual ‘HE: Business and Community Interaction’ survey of HEIs (HE-BCIS).
What is important is that HEIs recognise the value of, scope for, and ways to establish, more and better ways to collaborate with this wider community for their mutual benefit.
Although many HEIs are playing a significant role in fostering productivity and economic growth, through activities as diverse as contracted research for businesses and the provision of continuing professional development (CPD) courses, numerous ones are in receipt of specific funds from HEFCE to support projects, which in itself gives some recognition of progress and achievements in this area.
This funding includes £238 million for the third round of the Higher Education Innovation Fund. One portion of this was allocated by competition to large-scale collaborative initiatives including partners from business and community organisations and another recognised the extent of HEIs’ existing business interactions as indicated by the HE-BCIS survey.
HEFCE supports a range of project activity exploring ways to grow and respond to employer demand for HE-level skills within their work forces, notably three regional ‘Higher level Skills Pathfinders’ and, currently, eight single-institution ‘employer engagement pilot’ projects. There are also five ‘third stream’ HEI projects to demonstrate the potential economic benefits of such a focus by institutions.
The council also funds 74 Centres for Excellence in Teaching and Learning (CETLs) that recognise and reward excellent teaching practice, and several involve HEIs, or substantial parts of them, working closely with business in areas such as work-based learning.
Higher Education: Great Yarmouth
The latest available information is shown in the table. Figures for 2006/07 will be available in January 2008.
Academic year Number 1996/97 340 1997/98 340 1998/99 390 1999/2000 405 2000/01 415 2001/02 550 2002/03 445 2003/04 530 2004/05 515 2005/06 555 1 Covers students on full-time and part-time modes of study. 2 Position at 1 December each year. 3 Excludes The Open University. Source: Higher Education Statistics Agency (HESA), all figures are rounded to the nearest five.
The figures are based on students enrolled at 1 December in each year because these are the only figures available on a comparable basis in each year since 1997.
Higher Education: Manpower
The information requested is provided in the following tables:
Financial year Number of staff as full-time equivalent Salary costs1 (£000) 1997-98 194 4,828 1998-99 180 4,878 1999-2000 201 6,049 2000-01 240 6,898 2001-02 245 7,301 2002-03 240 7,749 2003-04 254 8,863 2004-05 264 9,388 2005-06 242 10,367 2006-07 240 10,861 1 Includes salary costs, national insurance payments and pensions payments. Source: HEFCE Annual Accounts
Year ended 31 March Total staff Admin pay (£000) 2002 4,694 144,245 2003 4,797 135,291 2004 4,786 141,291 2005 4,306 140,344 2006 4,451 137,857 20071 3,741 133,067 1 Provisional figures. Note: Admin pay covers salaries, social security payments, pension costs and consultancy costs. Source: LSC Annual report and Accounts
The Learning and Skills Council became operational in April 2001. The figures provided are for the average number of staff employed by the LSC each year and include temporary staff and agency staff. The reduction in the average number of staff in post between 2006 and 2007 is a consequence of the announcement in September 2005 by Mark Haysom, the Learning and Skills Council’s chief executive, of proposals for a new structure for the organisation. This process is expected to result in a reduction in the LSC’s overall establishment figure (that is the number of posts required to run the organisation) from around 4,700 to around 3,630—a reduction of almost 1.100 posts. This will achieve estimated savings of up to £40 million, which could be released to the front line for the further benefit of learners. As a result, the LSC will have a strong regional and local capacity, spending less time on transactional processes and more time developing relationships with key partners and stakeholders.
Sector Skills Councils are not funded by the Department and, in the main, are independent private sector organisations. Accordingly, the information requested is not held by the Department.
Higher Education: Mental Health
(2) how many students abandoned a university first degree course in each of the last five years;
(3) how many students had their university course terminated prematurely by the university they attend in each of the last five years.
The available information is shown in the table.
Year student left course 2001-02 2002-03 2003-04 2004-05 2005-06 Academic failure/left in bad standing/not permitted to progress1 8,080 8,535 8,750 9,150 9,705 Exclusion2 705 395 620 1,125 1,330 Health reasons 1,165 1,215 1,240 1,140 1,150 Abandoned the course3 14,100 14,620 15,285 15,840 16,145 1 Academic failure/left in bad standing/not permitted to progress indicates a fail at any stage, or students who unsuccessfully completed their qualification aim. 2 Exclusion is the breaking of institutional rules, either behavioural or financial. 3 “Abandoned the course” indicates the following categories: financial reasons other personal reasons and dropped out, inactive students written off after lapse of time, gone into employment. Note: 1. Numbers are rounded to the nearest five. Source: Higher Education Statistics Agency (HESA)
A further breakdown of “health reasons” to show those who terminated their course due to mental health reasons is not available. Separate information on students, who have been turned away due to the course no longer being taught, is not available.
The Performance Indicators In Higher Education, published by the High Education Statistic Agency (HESA) include an indicator which shows the proportion of UK-domiciled entrants to full-time first degree courses at higher education institutions in England, who are projected to neither obtain an award no transfer to another course. This information is shown in the table.
Percentage 2000-01 15.0 2001-02 13.8 2002-03 13.9 2003-04 14.4 2004-05 13.8 Source: Performance indicators in Higher Education, published by HESA
Higher Education: NHS
I have been asked to reply.
NHS University (NHSU) expenditure for the period 1 April 2003 to 31 March 2004 was £27 million. NHSU expenditure for the period 1 April 2004 to 31 March 2005 was £38.194 million. NHSU expenditure for the period 1 April to 31 July 2005 was £15.953 million.
The NHSU dissolved as a special health authority on 31 July 2005, and the NHS Institute for Innovation and Improvement was the successor body.
NHS Institute for Innovation and Improvement expenditure for the period 1 July 2005 to 31 March 2006 (including redundancy payments to staff following NHSU closure) was £42.450 million.
Higher Education: Research
Research income received by higher education institutions in England from UK-based charities for the last five academic years for which date are available is shown in the table. The information is not collected by financial year.
Income (£ million) 2001/02 504 2002/03 542 2003/04 577 2004/05 586 2005/06 610 Source: Higher Education Funding Council for England.
The Charity Research Support Fund does not aim to cover a fixed percentage of the full economic cost of projects. It is a contribution by the Government to the joint efforts of charities and higher education institutions to make charity-funded research financially sustainable by the end of this decade. In the 2007/08 academic year, the Charity Research Support Fund will be worth £180 million. Allocation of that money by the Higher Education Funding Council for England will be based on charity funding of eligible projects in 2005/06, which totalled £599.85 million.
I refer the hon. Member to the reply I gave on 19 July 2007, Official Report, column 550w.
Higher Education: Science
(2) how many and what proportion of university students studying (a) physics, (b) chemistry and (c) biochemistry had a mathematics A level in each of the last 10 years.
The information is not collected centrally.
Higher Education: Student Wastage
The latest available figures on participation in higher education by local authority based on students entering courses were published by the Higher Education Funding Council for England in January 2005 in “Young Participation in England”, which is available from their website at http://www.hefce.ac.uk/pubs/hefce/2005/05_03/ This report shows participation rates for young people who enter higher education aged 18 or 19, disaggregated by local authority, for the years 1997 to 2000. The figures cover all 18 or 19-year-olds, not just those with A-levels. HEFCE have not produced participation rates beyond 2000.
The main measure for tracking progress on increasing participation is currently the higher education initial participation rate (HEIPR). This is the sum of the HE initial participation rates for individual ages between 17 and 30 inclusive. It covers English-domiciled first-time entrants to HE courses, which are expected to last for at least six months, at UK higher education institutions and English, Scottish and Welsh further education colleges, and who remain on their course for at least six months. The latest provisional figure for 2005/06 is 43 per cent. The HEIPR is not calculated at local authority level.
The HEIPR is available from the academic year 1999/2000. It is the sum of the age specific initial participation rates for ages 17 to 30. The age specific initial participation rate for 18-year-olds is shown in the table. The figures cover the whole population not just those completing their A-levels.
Number of initial entrants HEIPR for 18-year-olds (Percentage) 1999/2000 115,100 19.3 2000/01 114,000 19.5 2001/02 118,200 19.6 2002/03 122,400 19.7 2003/04 124,700 19.2 2004/05 127,200 19.6 2005/06 141,700 21.3 Note: Numbers are rounded to the nearest 100.
Learning and Skills Council for England: Finance
As set out in “Machinery of Government: Departmental Organisation”, in order to provide strong strategic leadership for the 14-19 phase, overall planning responsibilities for that phase will transfer to the Department for Children, Schools and Families, as will all funding for 14-19 learners. Subject to consultation on the details and timing, to ensure there is no disruption to schools, colleges and training providers and the introduction of new diplomas, and the need to pass the necessary legislation, funding for school sixth forms, sixth form colleges and the contribution of FE colleges to the 14-19 phase will transfer from the Learning and Skills Council (LSC) to local authorities’ ring-fenced education budgets. No decisions have yet been made about the proportion of LSC funding which will transfer to local authorities’ ring-fenced education budgets and I estimate that it will be 2010/11 when the necessary legislative changes can take effect. In the three years until then, the LSC retains the legal responsibility for securing and funding all forms of post-16 education and training outside higher education, including 16-19 provision. We will be working closely with the LSC and other national partners, along with schools, colleges and training providers, to ensure that the changes are well managed, including any impact on the deployment of staff.
Mature Students
We do not have information on the employment status of all people enrolling on college courses throughout the year. However, the Labour Force Survey (LFS) allows us to take a snap-shot estimate of the proportion of people in full-time and part-time employment who are enrolled on college courses at the time they are interviewed. The following table shows the estimates from the LFS winter quarter between 2001 and 2005.
Proportion of adults1 in full-time employment enrolled on college courses2 Proportion of adults1 in part-time employment enrolled on college courses2 2001 3.2 6.2 2002 3.2 5.8 2003 3.0 5.5 2004 2.8 5.3 2005 2.6 4.9 1 Adults are defined as men aged 19-64 and women aged 19-59. 2 College courses are defined as courses studied at colleges of further education, adult education centres, and independent colleges or universities.
Mature Students: Student Wastage
The Performance Indicators in Higher Education, published by the Higher Education Statistics Agency (HESA), include an indicator showing the proportion of UK-domiciled mature (aged 21 and over) entrants to full-time first degree courses at higher education institutions in England, who did not continue into higher education after their first year. A similar indicator is available for mature entrants to full-time other undergraduate courses. The available information is shown in the table.
2002-03 2003-04 2004-05 First degree 15.1 15.4 14.0 Other undergraduate courses 14.5 14.3 14.8 Source: “Performance Indicators in Higher Education”, published by HESA
The specific reasons for these groups of students withdrawing from their courses are not given.
Nanotechnology: Finance
(2) what mechanisms he has used to assess the potential effect of nanotechnology on economic development and societal change.
The Technology Strategy Board (TSB) and the research councils have the responsibility to determine both the detailed distribution of funding between their specific R and D and research priorities and the relevant funding mechanism.
More recently, the Economic and Social Research Council (ESRC) has undertaken studies on the socio-economic issues of nanotechnology:
“Nanotechnology: from the science to the social” was published in 2007 and follows up ESRC’s earlier analysis “The social and economic challenges of nanotechnology” published in 2003 9both available on ESRC website
http://www.esrcsocietytoday.ac.uk/).
In addition, Research Councils UK has commissioned a study into developing a robust methodology for assessing future impact from Research Council investments. This should report by the end of the year.
The Engineering and physical Sciences Research Council (EPSRC) is implementing a programme in nanoscience through engineering to application, in order to build on the platform of earlier investments and to realise the benefits of the technology for society and the economy Key features will be:
strong partnerships with the TSB to achieve pull-through to a range of sectors;
the participation of the Science and Technology Facilities Council (STFC) and other research councils where relevant;
a grand challenge approach to identify the highest impact research areas;
leadership and co-ordination by a senior strategy advisor from the community.
Officials also sit on a new OECED working party on nanotechnology which will address a number of topics including impacts and business environment and the contribution of nanotechnology to addressing global challenges.
Overseas Students
The available information is given in the tables:
Academic year UK domiciled students Non UK domiciled students Proportion of non UK domiciled students (percentage) 1990/91 1,094,935 80,630 6.9 1991/92 1,211,385 88,655 6.8 1992/93 1,333,355 110,295 7.6 1993/94 1,450,425 128,510 8.1 1 Includes HE level students taught in higher education and further education establishments. Note: Figures have been rounded to the nearest 5. Source: The Universities Statistical Record (USR) and the education departments of England, Scotland, Wales and Northern Ireland.
Proportion of overseas students in UK higher education institutions 1994/95 to 2005/06 Academic yearUK domiciled studentsNon UK domiciled studentsProportion of non UK domiciled students (percentage)1994/951,380,620153,74510.01995/961,497,185184,62511.01996/971,532,205186,70510.91997/981,558,585200,96511.41998/991,598,945207,13011.51999/20001,604,520211,84011.72000/011,643,865219,72511.82001/021,699,885227,27011.82002/031,764,945255,23512.62003/041,832,975275,48013.12004/051,870,715288,43013.42005/061,880,230296,10513.6 Notes:1. Figures have been rounded to the nearest 5. 2. Proportions are based upon figures calculated on a snapshot basis as at the 1 December to maintain a consistent time series across all years. 3. Figures cover postgraduate and undergraduate students on full-time and part-time courses. Source: The Higher Education Statistics Agency (HESA).
Postgraduate Education: Science
The latest information for all entrants to doctorate courses by subject of study are given in the following table. A new classification for recording subject of study was introduced in 2002/03 and so figures from 2002/03 onwards are not comparable to earlier years.
Subject of study 1996/97 1997/98 1998/99 1999/2000 2000/01 2001/02 Number Physical sciences 995 1,015 1,045 1,080 980 1 ,025 of which: Chemistry 560 510 475 515 450 495 Physics 230 270 285 300 270 290 Biological sciences 1,085 1,085 1,295 1,275 1,235 1,315 of which: Biochemistry 125 110 150 140 120 160 Other subjects 4,130 4,190 5,030 5,255 5,400 5,325 Total 6,210 6,290 7,370 7,605 7,620 7,660 Percentage Physical sciences 16 16 14 14 13 13 of which: Chemistry 9 8 6 7 6 6 Physics 4 4 4 4 4 4 Biological science 17 17 18 17 16 17 of which: Biochemistry 2 2 2 2 2 2 Other subjects 67 67 68 69 71 69 Total 100 100 100 100 100 100 Notes: 1. Figures are on a snapshot basis as at 1st December excluding those writing up, on sabbatical or dormant. Students from the Open University are also excluded from the analysis. 2. Figures are rounded to the nearest five. Source: Higher Education Statistics Agency (HESA) student record
Subject of study 2002/03 2003/04 2004/05 2005/06 Number Physical sciences 980 1,010 980 1,020 of which: Chemistry 445 430 400 400 Physics 295 300 290 320 Biological sciences 1,260 1,500 1,460 1,555 of which: Molecular biology, biophysics and biochemistry 115 170 165 190 Other subjects 5,435 5,545 5,570 5,610 Total 7,680 8,055 8,005 8,185 Percentage Physical sciences 13 13 12 12 of which: Chemistry 6 5 5 5 Physics 4 4 4 4 Biological sciences 16 19 18 19 of which: Molecular biology, biophysics and biochemistry 1 2 2 2 Other subjects 71 69 70 69 Total 100 100 100 100 Notes: 1. Figures are on a snapshot basis as at 1 December excluding those writing up, on sabbatical or dormant. Students from the Open University are also excluded from the analysis. 2. Figures are rounded to the nearest five. Source: Higher Education Statistics Agency (HESA) student record
In addition to monies paid to institutions in England, the Department provides financial support to English domiciled undergraduate students in the form of loans and grants through the Student Loans Company. Postgraduate students however are not entitled to student support, other than Disabled Students’ Allowances.
Student Numbers
The available information is given in the tables.
Qualification Aim 1996/97 1997/98 1998/99 1999/2000 2000/01 Total prescribed courses 1,204,615 1,226,300 1,244,505 1,249,595 1,275,890 Total non-prescribed courses Of which: 95,850 97,455 110,405 107,220 107,305 Of which: Professional qualifications2 15,235 15,945 18,930 18,355 16,320 Foundation courses at HE level 4,385 4,075 4,650 4,345 4,880 Other formal HE qualifications below degree level 10,620 7,950 8,755 5,555 6,065 Qualified Teacher Status only (licensed teachers) 0 0 20 5 10 NVQ level 5 455 290 225 105 40 NVQ level 4 1,375 920 570 235 380 Institutional undergraduate credit 47,585 50,955 58,705 62,440 62,010 Institutional postgraduate credit 4,890 5,750 5,510 5,650 6,785 No formal undergraduate qualification 9,755 10,380 11,690 9,455 9,610 No formal postgraduate qualification 1,550 1,185 1,345 1,080 1,205 Total all courses 1,300,465 1,323,755 1,354,910 1,356,815 1,383,200
Qualification Aim 2001/02 2002/03 2003/04 2004/05 2005/06 Total prescribed courses 1,320,565 1,404,635 1,452,700 1,473,215 1,514,010 Total non-prescribed courses 105,765 94,310 94,370 95,925 93,190 Of which: Professional qualifications2 13,145 11,320 12,725 10,930 10,280 Foundation courses at HE level 3,560 0 0 0 0 Other formal HE qualifications below degree level 4,465 2,880 3,980 3,630 3,485 Qualified Teacher Status only (licensed teachers) 25 125 160 285 240 NVQ level 5 25 30 40 15 0 NVQ level 4 520 505 500 635 70 Institutional undergraduate credit 68,215 62,085 60,955 56,835 60,890 Institutional postgraduate credit 4,600 6,970 6,355 7,880 6,620 No formal undergraduate qualification 9,570 8,820 8,295 14,285 9,040 No formal postgraduate qualification 1,640 1,580 1,360 1,435 2,560 Total all courses 1,426,335 1,498,950 1,547,070 1,569,140 1,607,200 1 Figures exclude the Open university due to changes in their methodology of coding the qualification aim of a student since 1997/98. 2 Includes professional qualification at undergraduate level, including those for serving school teachers. Note: Figures are on a snapshot basis as at 1 December (excluding those writing up, on sabbatical or dormant) and are rounded to the nearest 5. Source: Higher Education Statistics Agency (HESA) student record.
Student Wastage
The available information on the proportion of UK-domiciled entrants to full-time first degree courses who are projected to neither obtain an award nor transfer to another course is taken from table T5 of the Performance Indicators in Higher Education and has been placed in the House of Commons Library.
This information was published by the Higher Education Statistics Agency (HESA) for academic years 2001/02 to 2003/04 and by the Higher Education Funding Council for England (HEFCE) for 1996/97 to 2000/01. HESA will publish the figures for 2004/05 on 19 July 2007.
The information is also available at the following websites:
HEFCE (1996/97 to 2000/01):
http://www.hefce.ac.uk/learning/perfind/default.asp
HESA (2001/02 to 2003/04):
http://www.hesa.ac.uk/pi/home.htm
The available information on the proportion of UK-domiciled entrants to full-time first degree courses who are projected to neither obtain an award nor transfer to another course is taken from table T5 of the Performance Indicators in Higher Education and has been placed in the House of Commons Library.
This information was published by the Higher Education Statistics Agency (HESA) for academic years 2001/02 to 2003/04 and by the Higher Education Funding Council for England (HEFCE) for 1996/97 to 2000/01. HESA will publish the figures for 2004/05 on 19 July 2007.
Projected non-completion rates are not split by age group. However, the non-continuation indicators, taken from table T3a of the Performance Indicators in Higher Education, are available for young and mature age groups. These give the proportion of UK-domiciled entrants to full-time first degree courses who do not continue in higher education after their first year.
Neither the non-completion nor the non-continuation indicators are available for part-time students.
The information is also available at the following websites:
HEFCE (for figures up to 2001/02 inclusive):
http://www.hefce.ac.uk/learning/perfind/default.asp
HESA (for figures since 2002/03 inclusive):
http://www.hesa.ac.uk/pi/home.htm
Information on non-continuation indicators for all full-time first degree students is also available at these websites.
Students: East Sussex
The available information is given in the table. The University of Sussex is the only Higher Education Institution with its headquarters in East Sussex local authority.
1997/98 1998/99 1999/00 2000/01 2001/02 2002/03 2003/04 2004/05 2005/06 Postgraduates Full time 1,525 1,490 1,420 1,610 1,650 1,680 1,900 1,880 1,855 Part time 680 875 820 870 910 805 785 915 940 Total 2,205 2,365 2,240 2,480 2,560 2,485 2,690 2,790 2,795 Undergraduates Full time 6,945 6,985 6,805 6,900 6,945 6,905 6,775 6,815 6,985 Part time 2,350 2,400 1,855 1,535 1,575 1,690 1,640 1,735 1,590 Total 9,295 9,385 8,660 8,435 8,520 8,595 8,415 8,550 8,575 All HE students Full time 8,470 8,475 8,225 8,505 8,595 8,585 8,675 8,695 8,840 Part time 3,025 3,275 2,675 2,405 2,485 2,495 2,430 2,650 2,530 Total 11,495 11,750 10,900 10,915 11,080 11,080 11,105 11,345 11,370 Note: Figures are on a snapshot basis as at 1 December, excluding those writing up on sabbatical or dormant. This is so that the figures are comparable across all the years. Snapshot figures will exclude students who are not in attendance on the 1 December, i.e. those on non-traditional academic years. Figures are rounded to the nearest 5. Source: Higher Education Statistics Agency (HESA)
Students: Finance
(2) how many people are receiving education maintenance allowance, broken down by age; and what level of grant they will be eligible for under his new student support proposals.
I have been asked to reply.
In the 2006-07 academic year 521,650 students were in receipt of EMA. This includes:
257,680 aged 16.
197,230 aged 17.
64,860 aged 18.
1,880 aged 19.
The threshold for EMA support is lower than the threshold for HE student support. Therefore under current arrangements all students in receipt of EMA would be eligible for some level of HE student support if their household incomes did not increase. We do not currently have information on how many more students would qualify for HE maintenance support under the new proposals.
Under the new proposals all 16-year-olds who receive EMA will be guaranteed a minimum level of support if they undertake a higher education course even if their household incomes increase. All 16-year-olds who receive the maximum level of EMA will be guaranteed the maximum level of maintenance grant (currently 2,700). This financial security will allow young people to look ahead to progressing to HE with confidence and no doubts about the finance support they will receive.
Students: Grants
(2) how many university level students receive education grants.
Data on maintenance and higher education grants for students in England 2006/071 applying for support through the Student Loans Company are given in the tables.
Maintenance grants were introduced for new full-time English domiciled students entering higher education in 2006/07, and replaced the higher education grant. The maximum amount of support available is £2,700 a year, and how much a student receives depends on their income and that of their household.
1 Data for 2006/07 are provisional
Student numbers (thousand)1, 2 Percentage of total Students in receipt of a full maintenance grant 80 29 Students in receipt of a partial maintenance grant 61 22 Students in receipt of a nil maintenance grant 133 49 Total 275 100 1 Includes the Special Support Grant which is payable to vulnerable groups of students who are eligible for Department for Work and Pensions benefits. 2 Student numbers are rounded to the nearest thousand Source: Student Loans Company (SLC)
Students who entered higher education in 2004/05 and 2005/06 may be eligible for a means-tested higher education grant of up to £1,000.
Student numbers (thousand)1 Percentage of total2 Students in receipt of a full HE grant 115 26 Students in receipt of a partial HE grant 26 6 Students in receipt of no HE grant 309 69 Total 451 100 1 Student numbers are rounded to the nearest thousand. 2 Totals may not add due to roundings. Source: Student Loans Company (SLC)
We have just announced improvements to the student finance package which will help students and graduates manage their finances better. For entrants to HE from 2008/09, the maintenance grant income thresholds have been raised making one third of students eligible for a full grant and another third eligible for a partial grant.
Students: Loans
The available data is given in the following table:
Academic year2 Average value of income-contingent loan1, East Sussex local authority (£) 1999/2000 3,280 2000/01 3,230 2001/02 3,270 2002/03 3,320 2003/04 3,350 2004/05 3,400 2005/063 3,480 1 Figures are rounded to the nearest £10. 2 Data are not available prior to 1999/2000 3 Provisional Source: Student Loans Company.
Separate data are not available for Eastbourne.
The maximum amount of maintenance loan to which a student is entitled is dependent upon where they are living during their study, rather than their domicile. The rates are given in the following table:
£ Location of study Full year rates up to Final year rates1 up to Students living away from their parents’ home and studying in London 6,170 5,620 Students living away from their parents’ home and studying elsewhere 4,405 4,080 Students living at their parents’ home (London and elsewhere) 3,415 3,085 1 The amounts of loan are lower in the final year as students leave higher education at the end of the summer and will not need financial support over the summer holiday.
Training: Finance
The information requested is set out in the following table. The vast majority of funding is spent on programme expenditure that directly funds learning or other services, for example improving the quality of provision. This funding is included in the category of ‘other/programme expenditure’.
The category ‘core funding’ refers to administrative costs which are the costs of staff salaries as well as other non-pay costs such as accommodation, computer facilities and stationary.
The notes set out where it has not been possible to separate out administrative costs and programme costs or where figures are simply not available.
None of the following organisations have civil service terms and conditions for their staff, though some staff are members of the civil service pension scheme.
£ million Organisation 2003-04 2004-05 2005-06 2006-07 Adult Learning Inspectorate Core budget 26.63 27.72 26.81 21.83 Other/programme expenditure — — — — Total 26.63 27.72 26.81 21.83 Basic Skills Agency1 Core budget 5.41 5.47 5.71 5.85 Other/programme expenditure 6.32 1.28 0.6 0.6 Total 11.73 6.75 6.31 6.45 British Educational Communications and Technology Agency Core budget 11.85 15.46 10.56 12.1 Other/programme expenditure 20.20 26.00 23.50 21.60 Total 32.05 41.46 34.06 33.7 Business Link Network2 Core budget — — — — Other/programme expenditure 55.90 73.46 152.13 148.13 Total 55.90 73.46 152.13 148.13 Connexions3 Core budget — — — — Other/programme expenditure 451 458 445 407 Total 451 458 445 407 Learning and Skills Council4,5 Core budget 269.30 244.09 289.59 239.42 Other/programme expenditure 8,308.94 8,722.31 9,842.01 10,316.23 Total 8,578.24 8,966.40 10,131.61 10,555.64 Learning and Skills Network6 Core budget n/a n/a n/a n/a Other/programme expenditure n/a n/a n/a n/a Total n/a n/a n/a n/a Sector Skills Development Agency Core budget 4.93 6.11 6.58 7.63 Other/programme expenditure 29.97 64.14 61.73 67.22 Total 34.90 70.24 68.31 74.85 Skills for Business Network7 Core budget n/a n/a n/a n/a Other/programme expenditure n/a n/a n/a n/a Total n/a n/a n/a n/a Office for Fair Access8 Core budget n/a 0.41 0.5 0.5 Other/programme expenditure n/a — — — Total n/a 0.41 0.5 0.5 Quality Assurance Agency9 Core budget — — — — Other/programme expenditure — — — — Total 2.30 4.14 4.12 3.02 Quality Improvement Agency10 Core budget n/a n/a n/a 5.94 Other/programme expenditure n/a n/a n/a 87.20 Total n/a n/a n/a 93.14 University for Industry and Learndirect11 Core budget — — — — Other/programme expenditure 239 182 201 171 Total 239 182 201 171 National Education Business Partnership Network12 Core budget — — — — Other/programme expenditure 0.12 0.14 0.23 0.27 Total 0.12 0.14 0.23 0.27 1 The core budget figures cover both programme and administration costs and it is not possible to separate these out. Other/programme expenditure relates to fixed term or tendered contracts. 2 It is not currently possible to split out the funding for the Business Link Network into core expenditure and programme expenditure. 3 Only programme funds are provided to Connexions Partnerships, the majority of which pays for the salary costs of Connexions Personal Advisers. The figures exclude funding for Connexions routed via Local Area Agreements to local authorities since this does not go to Connexions Partnerships. Figures only cover grant from the former DFES. We do not hold figures for any funds brought in by Connexions Partnerships which may include some public sector funding. 4 These figures include some of the funding identified separately for the University for Industry. 5 Subject to the successful passage of the Further Education and Training Bill, the LSC is expecting to reduce administration expenditure in 2007-08 through restructuring and the associated reductions in staffing, property and related costs. Expenditure on LSC administration Is expected to reduce from £239 million (2.2 per cent. of LSC’s budget) in 2006-07 to planned expenditure of £219 million (1.9 per cent. of LSC’s budget) in 2007-08. 6 The LSN is a private company competing for contracts through competitive tender. It receives some public funding from the QIA which is included separately in the figures quoted for the QIA, Many colleges and other providers in the FE system subscribe to LSN services using public funds, but this is an indirect relationship with government and the funds are not shown here. 7 The Skills for Business Network is the brand under which the 25 Sector Skills Councils and the SSDA come together for marketing purposes. It is not a separately funded body or a legally constituted body of any description. 8 The Office for Fair Access was established on 14 October 2004 but expenditure was incurred from 1 July 2004. 9 Figures cover the HEFCE contract with the QAA only. HEFCE is not the sole source of income for the Quality Assurance Agency which also receives subscriptions from institutions and funding from other UK funding councils. It is not currently possible to provide the breakdown between core and programme expenditure. 10 The Quality Improvement Agency was only formed in 2006 so figures have only been provided for that year. 11 We have not included a breakdown of Ufi administration costs as they are not available in the format required. 12 The National Education Business Partnerships Network is the umbrella organisation and national voice for the 126 local Education Business Partnerships working in England, Wales and Northern Ireland. Since 2003-04 DFES has grant-funded NEBPN to manage national networks for local and national practitioners of (a) work experience, (b) teachers’ professional development placements in business, (c) enterprise education. It is not possible to separate out core costs from the programme expenditure.
Train to Gain is an ongoing service and as such, performance is updated on a regular basis. Detailed operational information is not held centrally by the Department but is collected by the Learning and Skills Council (LSC) and Mark Haysom, the LSC Chief Executive will write directly to the hon. Member with the available information. A copy of his reply will be placed in the Library.
Vocational Training
(2) which employers who signed up to the Skills Pledge receive (a) all, (b) more than 50 per cent. and (c) any relevant funding from the public sector.
On 14 June the Government launched the Skills Pledge with commitments from 157 employers with more than 1.7 million employees. Since the launch, employers have continued to register their interest in the Skills Pledge through the Learning and Skills Council's (LSC) Train to Gain website and helpline. The Learning and Skills Council is responsible for the operational aspects of the Skills Pledge, including recording which of those employers making a Skills Pledge are from the public sector. Mark Haysom will write to the hon. Member and a copy of his letter will be placed in the Library of the House. Employers who make a commitment to a Skills Pledge are able to access the support of a skills broker. These independent, impartial experts will help employers identify the skills needed to meet their business needs and any sources of public funding available. Those employers who have already committed to the Skills Pledge are now working through how best to fulfil their commitment, including any requirement for public funding.
Information on which of these employers hold a contract with Government agencies is not held centrally.
Letter from Mark Haysom, dated 31 July 2007:
As the Learning and Skills Council is responsible for the operational aspects of the Skills Pledge the Minister for Skills, David Lammy, has asked me to respond to your recent parliamentary question; which employers who signed up to the Skills Pledge receive a) all, b) more than 50 per cent. and c) any relevant funding from the public sector.
When a company or organisation registers its intention to make the Skills Pledge, it will have the option of accessing support and advice from a Skills Broker through Train to Gain. In respect of Central Government Departments, we are currently liaising with Government Skills to agree Skills Pledge support and advice arrangements. We are also working with DIUS to finalise criteria for Government Departments and their Agencies accessing public funding through Train to Gain/Skills Pledge.
Of the 156 employers who made the Skills Pledge on the 14th June 2007 those which could be classified as public sector bodies include: 21 Central Government employers, 15 Non-Departmental Public Bodies, 8 Regional Development Agencies, 6 Local Authorities and 8 other public sector bodies.
I hope this information is helpful and please do not hesitate to contact my colleague Gail Bailey on 02476 823269 or by email gail.bailey @lsc.gov.uk if you would like to discuss further.
(2) how many and what proportion of each level of qualification have been achieved under the Train to Gain scheme in the last 12 months;
(3) what proportion of training conducted under the Train to Gain scheme has resulted from the use of skills brokers.
Train to Gain is an ongoing service and as such performance is updated on a regular basis. Detailed operational information is not held centrally by the Department but is collected by the Learning and Skills Council (LSC). Mark Haysom, the LSC Chief Executive will write directly to the hon. Member and a copy of his reply will be placed in the Library
Letter from Mark Haysom, dated 7 August 2007:
I am writing in response to your recent Parliamentary Questions regarding Train to Gain. I have answered them in turn below.
What proportion of businesses that have participated in the Train to Gain scheme have five employees or less; and what percentage of the Train to Gain budget is allocated to those businesses:
LSC collects employer data by the following size bands: 1-49 employees, 50-249 employees, 250-4,999 employees and 5,000 plus employees. In the first 16 months of Train to Gain, 67% of organisations engaged are from the 1-49 band.
The Train to Gain budget is not allocated by these employer size bands. Instead, Skills Brokers are currently required to achieve a target of 51% of employers engaged being ‘hard to reach’ which means they have not supported their employees to participate in vocational training leading to qualifications in the previous 12 months, and are not an Investors in People recognised company. Typically, micro and very small organisations are most likely to be ‘hard to reach’ so a high proportion of employers engaged to date will nave fewer than 50 employees.
How many and what proportion of each level of qualification have been achieved under the Train to Gain scheme in the last 12 months.
The following achievements have been secured the period April 2006-June 2007.
Level 2/3 47,880
Basic Skills 11,680
While it is relatively early in the life cycle of Train to Gain and success rates will change in the next few months as providers submit success data, the current evidence indicates success rates of about 70% for both programme areas.
What proportion of training conducted under the Train to Gain scheme has resulted from the use of skills brokers:
It is early in the life cycle of Train to Gain and the LSC is still collecting and analysing data from providers and brokers. However, early indications are that 30% of learners have arisen from skills brokers who are targeting “Hard to Reach” employers that tend to be small organisations. This percentage is in line with original DfES and LSC planning assumptions.
Train to Gain is a new service that reached national coverage in August 2006 and is a critical part of the drive to make this country’s skills world class. Skills brokers are contracted for and performance managed by the Learning and Skills Council. It is a contractual requirement that, within 12 months of their appointment, every skills broker meets the new independently assessed City and Guilds accredited skills broker standard as part of the business support profession.
Young People: Parents
I have been asked to reply.
According to data collected in the 2006 Annual Population Survey, 29 per cent. of teenage parents aged 16 to 19 in England were in education, employment or training at the time they were surveyed.
Environment, Food and Rural Affairs
Acid Rain
Over the last two decades, the Government have supported an extensive research programme to investigate and understand the effects of acid rain on the environment.
The research has provided us with a greater understanding of the impacts of acid rain on both aquatic and terrestrial ecosystems and there is now evidence of recovery in some of the most acid-sensitive sites in the UK.
Most recent assessments of impacts on terrestrial ecosystems have also shown that there is a continuing reduction, over the last decade, in the areas of sensitive ecosystems across the UK, at risk from damage from acidification.
No direct assessment has been undertaken by the Government of the trends or effects of acid rain at an international level. However, the UK contributes significantly financially, and through provision of scientific expertise, to the work of the UNECE Convention on Long-range Transboundary Air Pollution. The ongoing review of one of the Protocols under the Convention (the Gothenburg Protocol) has highlighted significant reductions in sulphur deposition and consequent impacts on ecosystems across the UNECE region. Aquatic and forest ecosystems have also become less acidified.
Aggregates Levy
The future of the Aggregates Levy Sustainability Fund beyond March 2008 is being decided in the current Comprehensive Spending Review.
Aggregates Levy: High Peak
The following projects have been funded by the Aggregates Levy Sustainability Fund in Derbyshire. We do not have a breakdown by constituency.
Project title Finish date Grant (£) Aston on Trent Memorial Hall—Extension and Refurbishment 31 March 2007 50,000 Bamford Methodist Church and Hall—Replacement Windows 31 March 2007 13,600 Birchover Mires Restoration Project 31 March 2004 10,632 Bonsall Field Barn Restoration Project (Phase I) 31 March 2005 14,049 Bonsall Field Barn Restoration Project (Phase II) 31 March 2007 50,000 Brierlow Bar Drystone Wall Repairs 31 March 2007 19,890 Bugsworth Basin—Repair of Wharf Walls 31 March 2007 46,501 Burbage Institute Improvements 11 January 2006 7,400 Buxton and High Peak Golf Club Tree Planting Scheme 31 March 2005 5,100 Buxton Cricket, Bowling and Tennis Club—Restoration of Pavilion 31 March 2007 34,000 Buxton for Youth—Conversion of Premises 31 March 2007 30,434 Creswell Social Centre Kitchen Refurbishment 31 March 2007 12,518 Crich War Memorial Tower 1 April 2004 34,361 Cromford Hill Walling Project 31 March 2004 10,383 Cromford Hill Walling Scheme (Phase II) 31 March 2005 9,394 Cromford North Street Design Study 31 March 2007 14,250 Cromford Via Gelia Ponds and Footpaths Project 31 March 2007 38,750 Cromford Via Gelia Woodlands Stone Walling Scheme 31 March 2007 19,745 Dene Quarry—Dry Stone Wall Restoration (Phase II) 31 March 2007 15,750 Derwent Gardens Restoration, Matlock Bath 31 March 2007 10,000 Dove Holes Community Amenity Access Project 31 March 2005 14,419 Dove Holes Cricket Club—Provision of Cricket Practice Facility and Landscaping 31 March 2007 28,000 Dove Holes Drystone Walling 31 March 2004 2,045 Dove Holes Methodist Church—Repair of Wall 27 October 2005 3,528 Dove Holes Play Area 31 March 2007 26,200 Egginton Memorial Hall Roof Repairs 1 April 2004 38,915 Establishment of Deep Dale Nature Reserve, King Sterndale 31 March 2005 13,881 Fairfield Liberal Club Improvements 31 March 2007 5,693 Floodlighting of Sports Pitch at Buxton Community School 31 March 2004 46,500 Harpur Hill Club Improvements 31 March 2007 6,826 Harpur Hill Methodist Church—Provision of Disabled Toilet 31 March 2007 2,500 Hayfield Skate Park 31 March 2004 19,000 Hodthorpe Play Area 1 April 2004 25,568 Hope St. Peter’s Church—Repairs 31 March 2007 5,000 Improvements to National Stone Centre 1 April 2004 31,614 Improvements to Stoney Wood, Wirksworth 31 March 2004 12,074 Improving Access and Biodiversity on Former Aggregates Sites 31 March 2004 32,384 Installation of Pathway in Cromford Playground 31 March 2005 3,825 Middleton Millennium Garden Improvements 31 March 2007 6,875 Newton Solney Church Re-Roofing 31 March 2007 25,000 Peak Dale Bowling Club—Surfacing of Car Park and Landscaping 22 December 2005 25,598 Pennine Bridleway—Perry Dale 1 April 2004 21,800 Pennine Bridleway, Perry Dale (Phase II) 31 March 2004 28,200 Pilot Boundary Stone Wall Restoration Project in Stoney Middleton and Wormhill 31 March 2004 7,500 Provision of Drainage and Water Supply to Vestry of St. Martin’s, Stoney Middleton 31 March 2005 9,300 Rebuilding Drystone Walls on Boundary of Dene Quarry, Cromford 31 March 2005 11,500 Rebuilding Stone Walls in Wormhill 31 March 2005 5,526 Rebuilding Walls in Stoney Middleton 31 March 2005 3,786 Restoration of Sterndale Moor Club, Near Buxton 31 March 2005 12,952 Restoration of the “Bear Pit”, Cromford 31 March 2005 1,418 Shardlow Village Hall Kitchen Refurbishment 31 March 2004 5,887 Slinter Pond and Tail Race Project, Cromford 31 March 2005 41,938 Slinter Project 1 April 2004 42,564 Soundproofing and Recladding of Middleton Village Hall 31 March 2005 24,057 Stanton Church Bell and Clock Restoration 1 April 2004 5,000 Stanton in Peak Village Hall, Kitchen Improvements 1 April 2004 4,235 Stanton in the Peak Holy Trinity Church—Replacement Heating System 31 March 2007 10,000 Stanton in the Peak Village Green Boundary Wall Replacement 31 March 2004 7,020 Sterndale Moor Play Area 31 March 2004 43,000 Stoney Middleton Conservation Area Drystone Wall Restoration 31 March 2007 5,015 Stoney Middleton Parish Church of St. Martin—Extension of Vestry (Phase II) 31 March 2007 27,570 Stoney Middleton Play Area Improvements 30 September 2006 36,168 Toothbrush Woodland Scheme, Tearsall Quarry, Bonsall Moor 31 March 2004 6,374 Train Ride to History—Wirksworth Mineral Railway Incline (Phase II) 31 March 2005 32,260 Train Ride to History—Wirksworth Mineral Railway Incline 1 April 2004 22,000 Tunstead Walling 31 March 2004 6,432 Watergate Footbridge, Hope 31 March 2007 58,500 Weston on Trent Village Hall Refurbishment 1 April 2004 19,437 Whitwell Footpath 18 Improvements 1 April 2004 3,825 Willington Tennis Court Restoration 28 November 2005 9,750 Wirksworth Community Park Redevelopment 31 March 2007 40,000
Agriculture: Subsidies
The cost of administering the Single Payment Scheme (SPS) in financial years 2005-06 and 2006-07 was £67.6 million and £75.1 million respectively. Costs include payroll, accommodation, travel and corporate overheads. IT investment costs have been excluded.
Payments to farmers under the scheme for the period to 30 June 2007 are as follows:
£ million SPS 2005 1,550 SPS 2006 1,489
I am unable to make predictions about common agricultural policy payments this year. As far as the main CAP scheme, the single payment scheme (SPS) is concerned, the Rural Payments Agency has paid as at 18 July a total of £1.49 billion. Detailed analysis of all the payments made under the SPS is not yet available. Once the remaining scheme payments have been completed, a decision will be taken on the level of detail that will be published. The validation of claims under the 2007 SPS is at an early stage.
Agriculture: Wastes
A specific technology that the Government are keen to promote is anaerobic digestion (AD). This is an effective source of renewable energy that can reduce greenhouse gas emissions from agriculture by capturing methane from manures and slurries, as well as from the decomposition of other organic materials, such as food wastes. The UK Biomass Strategy and the Waste Strategy for England include details of how we will work with stakeholders to drive a faster growth in the use of AD by local authorities, businesses and farmers.
The electricity derived from anaerobic digestion is eligible for market support through Renewable Obligation Certificates (ROCs). Alongside the Energy White Paper, the Government launched a consultation on differentiated support levels for different renewables technologies. Under these proposals, anaerobic digestion of agricultural wastes would receive additional support in the form of 2.0 ROCs/MWh. We are also examining the case and prospective mechanisms for long term support for the renewable heat sector and possible means to support the development of local infrastructure and supply chains.
The treated liquid from anaerobic digestion plants, known as digestate, has the potential for use as a fertiliser and soil conditioner. The Environment Agency and the Waste and Resources Action Programme (WRAP) aim to develop a standard and protocol for digestate by spring 2008. These would provide regulatory clarity and confidence in its recovery on land. WRAP will support the development of the market for digestate alongside its work to establish markets for waste-derived compost.
Bovine Tuberculosis
I refer the hon. Member to the answer given on 19 July 2007, Official Report, columns 505-06W.
British Waterways Board
Additional work carried out by British Waterways during the recent floods included keeping gullies, weirs and spillways clear to ensure that flood waters could disperse more easily and lowering of water in some canals to enhance capacity to take flood water from some of the more severely affected rivers.
British Waterways is still estimating the costs of repairs associated with the most recent flooding in the West Midlands and South West. Assessments of costs incurred in repairs, dredging and staff time for the floods that affected parts of Yorkshire and the East Midlands at the end of June currently stand at approximately £1.5 million.
Carbon Emissions: Electricity Generation
There is no current intention to reconcile these two factors as they have been produced for different purposes.
In general terms, the carbon emission factor for grid electricity will vary from minute to minute as the fuel mix (e.g. renewables, gas, oil, coal, nuclear) and availability varies. To derive a factor for the purpose of calculations, it is therefore necessary to determine a period over which to average.
For the Act On CO2 calculator, the purpose is to get as accurate a measure as possible for current CO2 emissions. The factor of 0.527 kg carbon dioxide/kWh is the most recently available figure based on 2005 data from the DTI DUKES electricity supply data for major power producers and CO2 emissions from the UK greenhouse gas inventory.
For the Government’s Standard Assessment Procedure for Energy Rating of Dwellings 2005 edition consistency of comparison over a longer period of time is important. A longer averaging period has been used. The factor of 0.422 kg carbon dioxide/kWh is based on the 2000 DTI projections for expected mix of electricity supply for the average of the Central Growth/Low Price and Central Growth/High Price scenarios between 2000 and 2010.
Carbon Emissions: Equipment
My Department does not currently have estimates for emissions attributable to the energy used by these types of products. The Market Transformation Programme covers the most significant products in terms of electricity and gas consumption and there are no plans to widen its coverage into these areas. Similarly, there are no estimates of the quantities of liquid fuels used by these types of products, as distinct from the major uses attributable to road transport.
Carbon Emissions: Manufacturing Industries
My Department is currently undertaking a research project considering the development of an “Embedded Carbon Emissions Indicator”. This will enable more accurate measurement of embedded carbon emissions in supply chains outside the UK.
The work is not yet complete and the potential application of an indicator is still to be considered. The data development needed for a full evaluation model would be substantial, as much of the necessary data do not exist in a compatible form, especially outside the European Union.
Carbon Emissions: Power Stations
In 2005, 173 million tonnes of carbon dioxide were emitted from UK power stations. This accounted for 31 per cent. of the total carbon dioxide emissions in the UK in that year. A more detailed breakdown of emissions by fuel is included in the table as follows.
Fuel CO2 Emissions (Mt) Coal 114.12 Oil 2.51 Natural 54.40 Gas — Other 2.04
There are no direct emissions of carbon dioxide from nuclear power stations.
Cereals
The amounts of grain held in storage in the UK under Regulation (EC) No. 824/2000 and stored by the Rural Payments Agency as a result of market intervention measures under the common agricultural policy are set out in the following table:
Quarter ending Grain Levels1 2004 September 0 December 4,064 2005 March 8,994 June 16,022 September 15,422 December 17,440 2006 March 29,361 June 30,308 September 30,308 December 27,969 2007 March 28 June 0 1 Rounded to nearest tonne.
Common Land: Devon
I can confirm that the outstanding annual payment due under the Holne Commoners’ Environmentally Sensitive Areas (ESA) agreement was processed on 9 July 2007.
None. The financial arrangements for the Rural Development Programme for the period 2007-13 were announced on 29 March 2007. This provides for £2.9 billion for agri-environment schemes, over double the expenditure spent in the last programme. This will enable all existing agri-environment agreements, including those for Dartmoor Commoners, to be maintained, and in addition allows for new agreements under Environmental Stewardship to be set up when the existing agreements expire.
Dartmoor National Park
My officials have informally discussed bracken encroachment on occasion with stakeholders, including Dartmoor commoners, along with other uplands land management issues. The Dartmoor Commons Act 1985 provides land management powers to deal with vegetation such as bracken. In addition, voluntary agri-environment schemes provide options for bracken control measures.
Departments: Air Conditioning
The Department is unable to provide figures for the last five years but can provide figures for financial year 2005-06 and spend to date for financial year 2006-07.
Amount (£) 2005-06 160,232.68 2006-07 61,395.56
All air conditioning units used now conform to the following Government environmental standards:
<12 kW—EU Energy Label class C or better
>12 kW—coefficient of performance of 2.85, or better (EGA)
Legislation prohibits the use of CFCs and HCFCs as refrigerants.
Departments: Aviation
From information held centrally, the core-Department spent (a) £34,690 on first class and (b) £1,100,623 on business flights between July 2006 and June 2007.
All travel is undertaken in accordance with the Civil Service Management Code and the Ministerial Code.
Departments: Catering
My right hon. Friend the then Secretary of State for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs told the House on 8 March 2007 that he would commission work to determine the proportion of publicly procured food which is British, and place the information in the Library of the House by late autumn 2007 or sooner. My right hon. Friend the current Secretary of State will advise the House when this information is deposited in the Library of the House.
Departments: Disabled
The latest available data on the disability status of civil servants in Departments and agencies are as at 30 September 2006 and are published in “Civil Service Statistics 2006” at Table P. This document is produced by the Office for National Statistics and can be accessed from the following website addresses:
http://www.statistics.gov.uk/StatBase/Product.asp?vlnk=2899&Pos=&ColRank=1&Rank=422
http://www.statistics.gov.uk/downloads/theme_labour/2006CivilServiceStatistics.pdf
Declaration of a disability is voluntary.
Departments: Early Retirement
In the current financial year to date and the previous four financial years, 577 DEFRA employees have left the Department and its agencies under early retirement arrangements. The total cost to the Department of these exits was £56.820 million, including provision made at the time of each departure to meet related liabilities in future years. The following table sets out the breakdown of leavers by grade. Due to the fluctuating population of each grade at any given time figures expressing the listed totals for each grade as percentages of the totals for the Department would be unreliable.
Number Administrative Assistant 72 Administrative Officer 119 Executive Officer 92 Higher Executive Officer 73 Senior Executive Officer 48 Veterinary Officer 1 Grade 7 62 Grade 6 16 Senior Civil Service 21 Unidentifiable by Grade 73 Total 577
Departments: Employment Agencies
DEFRA came into being in June 2001.
From information held centrally, the core-Department's VAT inclusive expenditure on personnel engaged through employment agencies since 2001 is shown in the following table.
Financial year Expenditure (£) 2002-03 10,536,828 2003-04 9,383,419 2004-05 9,623,459 2005-06 9,890,898 2006-07 6,665,696
From information held centrally, the core-Department's VAT inclusive expenditure on recruitment consultants in each financial year commencing with 2002-03 is shown in the following table.
Financial year Expenditure (£) 2002-03 684,795.34 2003-04 1,106,361.08 2004-05 447,712.00 2005-06 999,207.53 2006-07 1,418,359.43
Recruitment agency fees are captured within the expenditure figures shown but could be identified separately only at disproportionate cost. The fees vary from assignment to assignment dependent on the factors relevant to a particular engagement including but not limited to the nature and complexity of the task specification; the personal skills set of the individual required; the state of the labour market; and regional factors.
Information for the financial year 2001-02 and expenditure by DEFRA’s Executive Agencies is not held centrally and could be provided only at disproportionate cost.
Departments: Flint Bishop Solicitors
No payments have been made by my Department or its Agencies to Flint Bishop solicitors since 1997.
Departments: Flowers
This information is not held centrally and could be provided only at disproportionate cost.
Departments: Legislation
My Department and its predecessors have been responsible for the introduction of 20 Acts since 1997 of which some provisions of the following Acts have still to be brought into force:
Countryside and Rights of Way Act 2000
Water Act 2003
Commons Act 2006
Natural Environment and Rural Communities Act 2006
Animal Welfare Act 2006
My Department and its predecessors have been responsible for the introduction of 20 Acts since 1997. Some provisions of the following Acts have been repealed.
Birds (Registration of Charges) Act 1997
Plant Varieties Act 1997
Animal Health (Amendment) Act 1998
Water Industry Act 1999
Countryside and Rights of Way Act 2000
Water Act 2003
Clean Neighbourhoods and Environment Act 2005
The following Bill, introduced by my Department in the last five years, has contained sunset clauses:
Water Bill (which became the Water Act 2003)
The appropriateness of a sunset clause for the whole or part of any proposed legislation is considered on a case-by-case basis. It is also addressed when a regulatory impact assessment relating to legislation is being prepared.
The following Acts, introduced as Bills by my Department in the last five years have not contained sunset clauses.
Animal Health Act 2002
Waste and Emissions Trading Act 2003
Hunting Act 2004
Clean Neighbourhoods and Environment Act 2005
Climate Change and Sustainable Energy Act 2006
Natural Environment and Rural Communities Act 2006
Commons Act 2006
Animal Welfare Act 2006
The appropriateness of a sunset clause for the whole or part of any proposed legislation is considered on a case by case basis. It is also addressed when a regulatory impact assessment relating to legislation is being prepared.
Departments: Manpower
The press office for core DEFRA consists of 23 full-time permanent press officer posts. Currently these posts are filled by 21 full-time permanent press officers and two temporary press officers.
Departments: Paper
[holding answer 19 July 2007]: From information held centrally, between 1 November 2006 and 30 June 2007 the Department and its executive agencies used 129,028 reams of paper.
In financial year 2006-07, the Department and its executive agencies recycled 859,881 kilograms of paper.
Departments: Postal Services
From information held centrally, the core-Department has not used commercial delivery services other than Royal Mail.
The core-Department has issued the following volumes of correspondence by Royal Mail since 2003.
Volume 2003 4,848,627 2004 9,668,341 2005 9,909,773 2006 9,749,716 2007 to date 3,228,676
Departments: Press
The Department currently takes 10 newspaper titles and 171 periodical titles through its library services. I am placing a copy of the full title listing of these in the Library of the House of Commons. Newspaper and periodical requirements are reviewed annually to ensure their continuing relevance to the Department’s changing business needs. As a result, some titles are cancelled and new ones subscribed to.
DEFRA’s expenditure on newspapers and periodicals through its library services for the financial year 2006-07 was £72,000.
This figure excludes the spend on newspapers and periodicals by DEFRA local offices and the Department’s executive agencies. These figures could be compiled only at a disproportionate cost.
Departments: Railways
From information held centrally, the core-Department spent £1,242,196 as first class train tickets between July 2006 and June 2007.
All travel is undertaken in accordance with the Civil Service Management Code and the Ministerial Code.
Departments: Recycling
[holding answer 26 July 2007]: The Department for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs has a wide range of recycling provisions for paper, glass and plastics across its estate. Recycling of these materials is closely monitored and reported quarterly against the government’s Sustainable Operations on the Government Estate (SOGE) targets.
In addition recycling provision for each of these materials is audited, both internally and externally, through our Environmental Management System (EMS) programme.
Latest figures (2006-07) confirm that the Department for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs recycled 860 tonnes of paper, 38 tonnes of glass and 16 tonnes of plastic.
Departments: Taxis
From information held centrally, the core-Department’s VAT inclusive expenditure on taxis in the last 12 months was £194,840. Additionally, the core-Department spent £48,770 with the Government Car and Despatch Agency (GCDA).
All travel is undertaken in accordance with the Civil Service Management Code and the Ministerial Code.
Departments: Training
The information requested is not held centrally and could be supplied only at disproportionate cost.
Departments: Visits Abroad
DEFRA came into being in June 2001. From information held centrally, 199 tickets were booked for ministerial visits overseas between April 2006 and March 2007 at a cost of £112,774. Between April 2006 and June 2007, 6,906 tickets were booked for officials’ visits overseas at a cost of £2,413,437.
Management information for visits overseas by Ministers and officials prior to April 2006 is not held centrally and could be provided only at disproportionate cost.
All travel is undertaken in accordance with the Civil Service Management Code and the Ministerial Code.
Departments: Westmoreland
DEFRA has no plans to relocate additional departmental jobs to Westmorland and Lonsdale. Under the Lyons agenda, DEFRA has a target to relocate 390 posts out of the south-east and to accomplish this target without incurring significant costs, DEFRA’s strategy is to use existing accommodation outside the south-east. DEFRA already has accommodation in York and Worcester where the majority of posts will be relocated.
Departments: York
The number of staff employed in each year by DEFRA and its agencies in the locations requested was as follows:
Location 2006 2007 City of York 582.66 592.65 Sand Hutton 599.50 598.10 Note: All figures are full-time equivalents.
DEFRA has a target, under the Lyons agenda, to relocate 390 posts out of the south- east. As DEFRA already has existing accommodation in York, the strategy is to relocate over 50 per cent. of the posts to York. To date 96 posts have already been relocated with plans for a further 116 to be relocated by 2010.
The Shared Services Directorate, which brings together the delivery of corporate services to core DEFRA and a number of DEFRA family organisations, was launched on 1 April 2007 and the majority of staff working for the SSD will be based in York. However, as the organisational structure has not yet been finalised it is difficult to give the exact staff numbers at this stage, these are expected to be finalised by September 2007.
Dog Control Orders
(2) how many dog control orders have been implemented;
(3) whether his Department has consulted KC Dog in relation to the maintenance of records relating to dog control orders.
Although Dog Control Orders do not need confirmation by the Secretary of State, local authorities can only introduce them after completing the procedure prescribed in the Dog Control Order (Procedures) Regulations 2006. The procedure includes a period of local consultation and notification in the local press. This gives dog owners and local residents the opportunity to make representations to the local authority on the proposed controls.
In our guidance to local authorities on this issue, we have strongly advised them to consider any representations prior to making Dog Control Orders. Authorities should also provide details of alternative areas in the vicinity where owners can exercise their dogs. Failure to take into consideration the views of the local community could lead to the Order being challenged in the courts.
My Department does not hold central records of Dog Control Orders made, neither have we consulted with KC Dog, a group set up by the Kennel Club, on maintenance of such records.
When a local authority is considering making a Dog Control Order that would affect open access land (land subject to Part 1 of the Countryside and Rights of Way Act 2000), it must consult the appropriate access authority, the relevant authority, Forestry Commission or Natural England and, if it is not also the access authority, the local access forum.
There are already comprehensive dog control provisions which may be applied to access land including, if necessary, the banning of dogs. An authority should therefore pay particular attention to the views of these bodies in deciding whether any proposed order affecting open access land is necessary.
Guidance on making Dog Control Orders under powers enacted under the Clean Neighbourhoods and Environment Act 2005 has been issued to all local authorities and is available from the DEFRA website.
Dogs: Syringomyelia
(2) what representations he has received on the eradication of syringomyelia among pedigree dogs.
My Department has received a number of representations on syringomyelia and other conditions which can afflict some pedigree dogs. My officials have recently initiated discussions with the Kennel Club to look at what practical steps have been taken, or could be taken, by breeders of pedigree dogs to eradicate or ameliorate conditions such as these. I have asked to be kept informed on the outcomes of discussions.
Environment Agency: Finance
The Comprehensive Spending Review (CSR07) settlement is not expected from Her Majesty's Treasury until the autumn. No final decision has been made on the level of grant in aid to the Environment Agency over the next three financial years. However, the Secretary of State has confirmed that spending across Government on flood and coastal erosion risk management will increase to £800 million by 2010-11. Indicative allocations for flood and coastal erosion risk management over the next three financial years will be determined from an assessment of priorities across the Department following the CSR07 settlement.
Environment Agency: Meteorology
On 18 July, the Met Office contacted the Environment Agency's National Flood Warning Duty Officer to provide early warning of a severe rainfall event expected between 19 and 21 July. A number of severe weather warnings were then issued by the Met Office during this period.
Typically, these warnings provided information on the geographical areas and watercourses likely to be affected by the severe weather, the amount of rainfall expected, the timing of the anticipated severe weather event, and the Met Office's degree of confidence in the forecast.
The following extracts are examples of the information provided by the Met Office in its severe weather warnings.
Date Time Event 19 July 05.37 Event 0900 to 2000 on 19/7. Low confidence for Welsh Mountains, Welsh/Shropshire Hills, Severn Lowlands, Central, Staffs and High Peak, Trent Lowland, Avon/Soar Headwaters of 10mm or more in 1 hour, 15 or more in 6 hours, 20 mm or more in 12 hours. 19 July 20.25 Event 0900 to 2000 on 19/7. High confidence for Welsh Mountains, Welsh/Shropshire Hills, Severn Lowlands, Central, Staffs and High Peak, Trent Lowland, Avon/Soar Headwaters of 15mm or more in 6 hours, 20 mm or more in 12 hours. 20 July 16.56 Event 2100 on 19/7 to 0900 on 21/9. High confidence for Welsh Mountains, Welsh/Shropshire Hills, Severn Lowlands, Central, Staffs and High Peak, Trent Lowland, Avon/Soar Headwaters of 15mm or more in 6 hours, 20 mm or more in 12 hours.
The Environment Agency has procedures in place to ensure that Regional Forecasting Duty Officers translate the Met Office heavy rainfall warnings into forecasts of river levels and flows.
These are used to inform decisions on whether to issue flood warnings and/or carry out specific operational activities.
Eunomia: Research
I refer the hon. Member to the answer given on 15 June 2007, Official Report, column 1364W, by the then Parliamentary Under-Secretary of State for DEFRA, my hon. Friend for Exeter (Mr. Bradshaw) to the hon. Member for Meriden (Mrs. Spelman ).
Fisheries: Protection
As part of negotiations of the new agreement to apply from 1 April 2008, officials of the Marine and Fisheries Agency, Ministry of Defence and Royal Navy reviewed the operational requirements and budget implications for future patrol activity at sea. It was decided that the operational needs could be delivered through the provision of 700 patrol days for 2008-09, and with the agreement providing for a minimum of 600 and maximum of 750 patrol days per year, using the more modern and efficient River Class Patrol vessels. The existing arrangements are based on a mixture of River and Hunt Class vessels.
Flood Control: Agriculture
All 22 of the recommendations taken forward in the Government Response to the 1998 Agriculture Select Committee Report have been implemented and in many instances additional actions completed.
Copies of the full list of Government actions against recommendations have been placed in the House Library.
Flood Control: EU Grants and Loans
[holding answer 26 July 2007]: The Environment Agency (EA) have received £5.9 million in total in relation to flood risk management work (including flood defences) over the last 10 years from the European Union (EU) and will continue to look at the possibility of applications to the EU for flood defence.
Details of the projects, the amount of funding received and the European fund it came from are provided in the following table:
Project name Project topic Amount received by Environment Agency in EU grant/£1 Source of EU funding ACTIF Achieving technological innovation in flood forecasting (ACTIF) 35,000 Framework Programme for Research and Development (DG Research) FRaME (Alkborough) Engineering and public consultation work to produce multiple-benefit wetland area (i.e. has flood benefits but also recreation and wildlife benefits and others) 645,000 Interreg III (DG Regio) FLOWS Looks at risk-based planning and development control in low-lying zones at risk of flooding. 70,000 Interreg III (DG Regio) COMRISK Flood defence planning in coastal lowlands 103,000 Interreg III (DG Regio) COMCOAST Develop and demonstrate an innovative solutions for flood risk management in coastal areas in the East of England 100,000 Interreg III (DG Regio) Floodscape Flood risk management engineering work and public participation work on the River Thames 400,000 Interreg III (DG Regio) New Forest LIFE Flood risk management through re-shaping streams and rivers in the New Forest 300,000 LIFE (DG Environment) Llandovery Flood Alleviation Scheme Creating a flood alleviation scheme 66,000 Objective 1 European Regional Development Fund (2000-06) (DG Regio) Flood Risk Management Wales A large project comprising a number of elements. Focused on flood defence works 2,718,000 Objective 1 European Regional Development Fund (2000-06) (DG Regio) Flood Forecasting Wales Implementing flood forecasting. 359,000 Objective 1 European Regional Development Fund (2000-06) (DG Regio) Flood Defence Improvements Scheme Bungay Flood defence work. 1,100,000 Objective 2 European Regional Development Fund (2000-06) (DG Regio) Total 5,896,000 1 Grant received in euro but amount converted to sterling for reporting here. The money was received in the form of EU funding grants awarded to projects that the EA were involved in either as a partner or a lead partner. The EA have only included here the amount of ED funding received by the Environment Agency for their own work.
I am not aware of any other funding applied for, or received from the European Union for flood defences, or to compensate those affected by flooding.
I have been asked to reply.
No such application has yet been made as we are currently collecting all the information necessary for us to assess the full financial effect of the damage caused by the June and July floods before deciding whether such an application could meet the strict criteria laid down for mobilising the Fund.
Flood Control: Expenditure
The figures reflect Environment Agency spend on flood risk management funded by DEFRA and exclude spend funded from other sources (e.g. levies on local authorities, beneficiary contributions, charges). Capital figures reflect spend on new and improved capital measures to reduce flood risk, including on flood warning infrastructure. Maintenance figures reflect spend on maintenance of existing assets. Other Flood Risk Management (FRM) spend covers the cost of delivering flood warning services, flood mapping, development control, data management such as the National Flood and Coastal Defence Database, regional flood defence committees and other associated costs such as investment in and provision of information systems (IS), accommodation and overheads.
2004-05 2005-06 2006-07 Capital 151 202 162 Maintenance 162 163 176 Other FRM Spend 61.9 152.9 115
The additional spend in 2005-06 was largely funded from financial balances. These had been held by Regional Flood Defence Committees to meet the cost of unforeseen events such as severe flooding, as at the time the Agency’s spend on flood risk management was largely funded from levies on local authorities. Since 2004, this spend has primarily been funded by DEFRA and such balances are no longer maintained.
The Environment Agency is the principal operating authority with responsibility for flood risk management in England. However, Government-funded works are also carried out by local authorities and, in areas with special drainage needs, internal drainage boards. The Agency incurs spend on other activities related to flood risk management such as operational costs, advising on plans for new development.
Flood Control: Finance
The Environment Agency produces annual Medium Term Plans setting out their proposed flood risk management capital schemes for the following five years. This year's exercise is due to be completed in the autumn and will be reviewed by the Department. It will inform targets and funding allocations for the 2007 Comprehensive Spending Review (CSR07) period (2008-09 to 2010-11).
The Environment Agency currently develop a maintenance programme each year based on their assessment of the condition of its flood defences. Outcome Measures for flood risk management have recently been defined and it is anticipated that these will be used to set targets progressively during the CSR07 period, starting with the capital programme in 2008-09 and extending to maintenance and other flood risk management activities from 2009-10. This should enable a direct comparison of, and more efficient allocation between, capital and maintenance works.
The legislative framework for internal drainage board (IDB) funding is the Land Drainage Act 1991. Under the Act, there are three mechanisms by which IDBs can receive public funding to support their flood risk management and associated activities.
IDBs may impose special levies on local authorities (district and unitary authorities) to fund their work in the district. This is not permissive (or discretionary) expenditure and the levies must be paid. Relevant councils do sit on the IDBs and while these members are not appointed to represent local authority interests on the IDB, they are in a position to have some influence on the sums raised through special levies.
All properties within a drainage district are deemed to derive benefit from the activities of an IDB. Every property is therefore subject to a drainage rate paid annually to the Board.
For the purposes of rating, properties are divided into (a) agricultural land and buildings and (b) other land (such as domestic houses, factories, shops etc). Occupiers of all "other land" pay council tax or non-domestic rates to the local council who then are charged by the Board under the special levy arrangements above. The Board, therefore, only imposes drainage rates direct on agricultural land and buildings.
The basis of this is that each property has been allotted an "annual value" which were last revised in the early 1990s. The annual value is an amount equal to the yearly rent, or the rent that might be reasonably expected if let on a tenancy from year to year commencing 1 April 1988.
The annual value remains the same from year to year. Each year the Board lays a rate “in the £” to meet its estimated expenditure. This is multiplied by the annual value to produce the amount of drainage rate due on each assessment. A breakdown of the rate in the £ is shown on the reverse of the demand note to show how money is spent.
DEFRA funds individual capital improvement projects promoted by IDBs, subject to relevant economic, social, environmental and prioritisation criteria.
The following table shows details of public funding allocated to internal drainage boards (IDBs) in each year from 1999-2000. Figures prior to this year are not held centrally by DEFRA. Please note that not all income is included in the 2005-06 figure.
Income received by internal drainage boards£ millionAgricultural drainage rates1Special levies2EA cont3Devp cont4Other beneficiary contributions5Government grant6Loans received7Other8Total1999-200011.318.82.1—0.80.50.66.440.52000-0111.119.52.01.10.30.30.27.542.02001-0111.720.22.31.30.22.00.66.745.02002-0312.421.32.61.40.82.00.56.847.82003-0412.822.12.51.90.21.31.05.247.0 2004-0513.423.72.52.10.81.11.46.451.52005-0613.424.72.8—————40.9 1 Agricultural drainage rates collected by the IDB from agricultural land and buildings within the drainage district.2 Special levies collected by the IDB—local authorities pay special levies to internal drainage boards which fall entirely or partly within their boundaries to take account of works the boards do in relation to flood risk management, for example in urban areas.3 Contributions from the Environment Agency.4 Contributions from developers.5 Contributions from other beneficiaries.6 Government grant—DEFRA funds individual capital improvement projects promoted by IDBs subject to relevant economic, social, environmental and prioritisation criteria.7 Loans raised from the public works loans board to fund balance of grant costs etc.8 All other income (including contributions from local authorities, income from rechargeable works undertaken for others, and interests received on deposits).Note:In financial year 2005-06, not all information on income and expenditure was collected centrally by DEFRA. As such the figure represented in the total column does not equal all income received by IDBs in that financial year.
The Departmental Expenditure Limit (DEL) has only applied to the Environment Agency since 2004 when flood risk funding was provided directly rather than through the local authority levy.
The DEL for Flood Defence Grant-in-Aid (FDGIA) is provided to the Agency and is not split across regions. The Environment Agency seeks to ensure that funding is moved flexibly across regions within the DEL total to ensure the best value for spend.
The following table shows the figures for the Environment Agency FDGIA from 2004 to 2008.
2004-05 2005-06 2006-07 2007-08 (Budget) Capital 189 189 195 189 Revenue 166.6 261.3 223.9 246.9 Total 355.6 450.3 418.9 435.9
The Agency also receives other income from charges, precepts, contributions and residual local levies. In addition to the FDGIA made available to the Environment Agency, DEFRA also provides capital grants to local authorities and Internal Drainage Boards (IDBs).
The table shows DEL from 1997 to 2008.
£ million 1997-98 n/a 1998-99 n/a 1999-2000 n/a 2001-02 n/a 2002-03 48.7 2003-04 49 2004-05 45.8 2005-06 73.4 2006-07 84.4 2007-08 67.3
2007-08 (Budget)
Local authorities and IDBs receive revenue funding from the Department of Communities and Local Government, which contributes to the cost of operation. They also receive other income from charges, contributions and levies.
Flood Control: South West Region
The Environment Agency have flood warning areas, each of which relates to a discrete area at risk that receives the flood watch, flood warning and severe flood warning services.
Within the south west region of the Agency, there is one tidal flood warning area specifically for Poole. There are 202 fluvial and 37 tidal flood warning areas for the whole region, a total of 239 risk zones.
Flood Control: Tewkesbury
I have not had focused discussions on this specific aspect of the flooding that occurred in Gloucestershire.
The Environment Agency has produced guidance on the use of sandbags with the Local Government Association. Sandbags must only be seen as an emergency response. There are more robust solutions that resist flooding of individual domestic properties such as flood-boards and airbrick covers.
I understand from the Environment Agency that approximately 2,500 sandbags were available in Tewkesbury and all were deployed.
Floods: Gloucestershire
Mutual aid arrangements exist between the different areas of each organisation such as local authorities and the police so that resources can be switched to wherever they are most needed. In addition, procedures are also in place for central resources to be provided on request by local emergency responders. This can include assistance from the armed services, as for example we have seen in Gloucester in recent days.
Additional help for Gloucestershire during the recent flooding has also, for example, included the provision of a number of high volume pumps, brought into the area to assist in the pumping out of flood water.
Floods: Greater London
The Environment Agency is the principal authority with responsibility for flood risk management in England, although local authorities also carry out works on less critical watercourses. The following tables show capital improvement works carried out by the agency only and exclude maintenance and operational work.
1. Projects to renew or improve fluvial (non-tidal) defences on northern and southern tributaries of the River Thames.
Flood Prevention Renewals Location London Borough Cost (£) 2004-05 Prince Edward Playing Field Flood storage area on the Edgware Brook, Cannons Park Harrow 1,200,000 2004-05 Sixgates Bank and retaining walls repair works on the River Roding. Barking Barking and Dagenham. 800,000 2005-06 Priory Park Increase size of Flood Storage Reservoir. Stanmore Harrow 800,000 2005-06 Stonywood lake FSA Reconstruction of dam and increase size of Flood Storage Area on the Deans Brook Mill Hill Barnet 1,400,000 2005-06 River Lee FRC Walthamstow Major repair of existing channel of the River Lee Flood Relief channel Walthamstow Walthamstow 1,200,000 2005-06 Pymmes Brook Culvert. Removal of a culvert which presented a threat to blocking the Pymmes Brook Edmonton Enfield 1,300,000 2004-05 Low Hall Trash Screen. Reconstruction of trash screen Walthamstow Walthamstow 100,000 2004-05 Field End Road Trash Screen Reconstruction of trash Screen Eastcote Hillingdon 100,000 2005-06 Wealdstone Brook Bank works Repair to banks to prevent collapse and blockage of the Wealdstone Brook Kenton Harrow 100,000 2004-06 Mayes Brook Sluices Reconstruction of the Sluice gate and control structure for the flood storage area Barking Barking and Dagenham 900,000 2005-06 River Pinn Diversion Removal of culvert, on the river Pinn. Hatch End Harrow 200,000 2004-05 2006-07 Washlands Flood Storage Reservoir Reconstruction of the flood storage reservoir and increase in capacity Dagenham Barking and Dagenham 4,400,000 Total 12,500,000
Flood Prevention Renewals Location London Borough Cost (£) 2002-07 River Quaggy Flood Alleviation Scheme River Quaggy Greenwich and Lewisham 18,000,000 2007-08 Refurbishment of three trash screen sites on the Beverley Brook Ashlone Warf, Putney, Richmond Park, and New Maiden Richmond and Merton 150,000 2007-08 Refurbishment of EA Trash screen -Upper Elmers End Beckenham, St James Stream Bromley 15,000 2007-08 Refurbishment of EA Trash Screen Kyd Brook Bromley 51,000 2007-08 Refurbishment of EA Trash Screen Ravensbourne Bromley 34,000 2005-07 Channel reprofiling and increased flood storage Hogsmill near A240 RB Kingston upon Thames 120,000 2006-07 Channel reprofiling, creation of flood banks and increased flood storage Ladywell Fields Lewisham Lewisham 100,000 2002-04 Channel reprofiling, creation of flood banks, increased flood storage and flood warning improvements Chinbrook Meadows Lewisham 250,000 2002 Channel reprofiling and increased flood storage Shaftesbury Park London borough of Bromley 90,000 2002-03 Channel reprofiling and increased flood storage Norman Park London borough of Bromley 180,000 2005-07 Channel reprofiling, creation of flood banks, increased flood storage, construction of new trash screen and flood warning improvements Upstream of Hayes Lane Bromley London borough of Bromley 450,000 2003-06 Channel reprofiling and increased flood storage Crayford Marshes Erith London borough of Bexley 250,000 2005-06 Raising of flood defences, improvements in capacity of structure and flood warning improvements Flood Siphon on River Graveney at Colliers Wood London borough of Merton 900,000 2004-05 Banks stabilisation and weir removal. River Wandle outside Garrett Lane Depot London borough's of Merton and Wandsworth 120,000 Total 20,710,000
2. Projects to renew or improve Thames Tidal defences along the northern and southern banks of the River Thames.
Flood Prevention Renewals Location London Borough Cost (£) 2002-03 Strengthening and renewal of masonry flood defence wall (tidal) Strand on the Green Hounslow 782,000 2004-05 Renewal of a deficient flood defence wall (tidal) Upstream of Barking Barrier Barking and Dagenham 92,000 2005-06 Renewal of tidal flood defence wall New England Wharf Barking and Dagenham 1,300,00 2005-06 Renewal of tidal flood defence wall Frogmore Estate Barking and Dagenham 425,000 2005-06 Renewal of tidal flood defence wall Anchor Bay Wharf Bexley 770,000 2006-07 Renewal of tidal flood defence wall Old British Gas Site Barking and Dagenham 35,000 2006-07 Renewal of masonry flood defence wall (tidal) Four Gates Sluice Barking and Dagenham 460,000 2006-07 Renewal of tidal flood defence earth embankments Dartford Creek Frontages Bexley 2,600,000 2006-07 Renewal of tidal flood defence steel sheet pile wall Marley Water Proofing Frontages Barking and Dagenham 600,000 2007-08 Renewal of tidal flood defence steel sheet pile wall Marley Water Proofing Frontages Barking and Dagenham 700,000 2007-08 Renewal of tidal flood defence earth embankments Dartford Creek Frontages Bexley 2,500,000 2007-08 Renewal of tidal flood defence walls Isle of Dogs Frontages Tower Hamlets 1,000,000 Total 11,264,000
Floods: Helicopters
The Environment Agency is able to call upon military assistance during a crisis where there are lives at risk. The availability of these assets is dependent on military deployment at the time and is managed through Royal Air Force Kinloss.
Helicopters would be used only when land-based emergency flood protection measures cannot be undertaken safely. The Ministry of Defence determines the adequacy of these aircraft for transportation of sandbags and other materials.
Floods: Publicity
The Environment Agency uses a number of methods to alert householders. Floodline Warnings Direct alerts householders via an automated message system using phone, mobile, and pagers to send voice messages, faxes and SMS (Short Message Service). Sirens, loudhailers and media broadcasts are also used.
In addition, police officers and other officials have provided ‘door to door’ information to significant numbers of people throughout the period of flooding in a heroic and successful exercise. These warnings have been undertaken as a result of the civil resilience planning under the auspices of the 2004 Civil Contingencies Act, which requires all Category 1 responders to maintain arrangements to warn the public, and to provide information and advice to the public, if an emergency is likely to occur or has occurred.
Floods: Tewkesbury
The following answer is current at 11:00 on Thursday, 26 July.
Flooding has rendered the Mythe water treatment works inoperable. Current estimates are that 140,000 premises are currently without tap water across the region and that it could take between seven and 14 days to restore services. It is estimated that 10,000 of these premises are in the Tewkesbury area.
A temporary solution has been devised by Severn Trent Water which will allow some water from the Strensham treatment works to be directed to the piped system serving Tewkesbury. Pumping is planned to start on 26 July and should build up to 20 megalitres a day. However, this supply will be intermittent and discoloured and customers will be advised that it should not be used for drinking. Customers that do get this water should continue to rely upon bottled water and, after boiling, water from bowsers for drinking purposes.
The priority is to increase the supply of drinking water. Across the region, over 900 water bowsers and tanks have been deployed. More are being obtained and the number is expected to increase to 1,800. Some 75 road tankers are filling the bowsers every day and more have been sourced. Bottled water distribution points have been set up and up to 5 million litres of water are being provided every day. A list of vulnerable people and isolated communities has been collated.
We understand few households are now lacking power. Emergency measures to prevent flooding of Walham electricity switching station have so far been successful in ensuring continued operation of this major component of the power supply system.
Floods: Warnings
The Environment Agency has worked closely with the Met Office, receiving a number of flood specific weather and rainfall warnings, which helped to inform the agency’s flood forecasting systems. In total, the Met Office issued 214 flood warnings, including 19 severe flood warnings, from 18 July.
In response to this, the Environment Agency issued warnings to an estimated 145,000 people via its free Floodline Warnings Direct system. This provides information to the public, the emergency services, local authorities, and the media via email, telephone, mobile, fax or pager.
Forestry: Flood Control
Flood risk management is a devolved responsibility and this answer relates to England only. Changes in the way land is used can impact on the speed and volume of flood water run-off. However, deforestation is not a significant factor increasing flood risk in England.
There has been research on the impacts of woodlands and forestry on flood run-off. Mature forests can reduce the rate of run-off. New plantations can in fact increase it though this can depend on the nature of any drainage infrastructure installed in connection with them. Evidence to date suggests that, while there can be a significant impact on smaller flood events at the local scale, effects are likely to be much less for more extreme floods at the wider catchment level.
The developing cross-Government Flood and Coastal Erosion Risk Management Strategy, “Making Space for Water”, promotes a whole-catchment approach to flood alleviation, drawing on opportunities provided by rural land use and land management practices.
Hill Farming: Closures
[holding answer 26 July 2007]: Information on the number of holdings is collected in the annual June Survey of Agriculture and Horticulture. No information is collected on the number of holdings leaving the business. The figures in the table show the number of registered holdings in England in less favoured areas at June each year. These figures show net change only and therefore include gains as well as losses. The Survey does not specifically identify a category of “hill farms” but the figures for less favoured areas include this sector.
Holdings in severely disadvantaged areas Holdings in disadvantaged areas Total holdings in less favoured areas Total holdings 2002 16,771 8,803 25,574 187,871 2003 16,830 7,632 24,462 190,687 2004 16,456 7,563 24,019 192,824 2005 16,749 8,196 24,945 195,908 2006 16,244 15,257 31,501 200,381 Notes: 1. All holdings are allocated one grid reference only, farm boundaries are not mapped. All land on a holding is allocated to this single gird reference point although it is possible that the whole holding may not fall wholly inside or outside the less favoured area. 2. Due to a change in classification procedures for holdings in less favoured areas 2006 data are not directly comparable with earlier years. 3. The introduction of the Single Payment Scheme in 2005 has led to an increase in the number of registered holdings. These registered holdings need not necessarily have agricultural production but should meet the definition of having land in “good agricultural and environmental condition” Source: June Agriculture Survey
Landfill: Expenditure
(2) how much revenue was received from each local authority under the Landfill Allowance Trading Scheme in each year since the scheme has been operational.
The Landfill Allowances Trading Scheme (LATS) is not a revenue raising measure. It is a flexible scheme intended to ensure that England meets, as cost effectively as possible, its share of the national limits in the European Union Landfill Directive on landfilling of biodegradable municipal waste.
LATS encourages local authorities with the lowest diversion costs, to landfill less than their allowances permit and sell the surplus to authorities that face higher costs of diversion. Conversely, authorities with higher costs of diversion may prefer to meet their obligations under the scheme by buying allowances at a lower cost than actually undertaking the diversion themselves.
The Government takes account of all the costs of waste management when allocating local government funding. It is the responsibility of each individual local authority to plan its own expenditure. No assessment has been undertaken on the effect of local authority compliance with LATS obligations on other areas of sustainable waste management.
To date no waste disposal authorities have been issued with financial penalties, as all have met their obligations under the scheme.
Livestock: MRSA
DEFRA has initiated a study undertaken by the Veterinary Laboratories Agency to test Staphylococcus aureus (S. aureus) isolates obtained from bovine clinical submissions for methicillin-resistant S. aureus (MRSA). This project commenced in autumn 2006.
The methodology employed in the study involves determination of the minimum inhibitory concentration of oxacillin using the agar dilution method of the British Society for Antimicrobial Chemotherapy. All isolates are also examined using the disc diffusion method of the British Society for Antimicrobial Chemotherapy and a 10 microgram cefoxitin disc. Two different susceptibility testing methods are therefore used to check for the presence of methicillin resistance in the isolates.
Additionally, all isolates are also examined using a molecular technique (polymerase chain reaction) for the presence of the mecA gene (the gene which confers resistance to methicillin in MRSA).
Finally, a latex agglutination test is used to check for the altered penicillin binding protein of MRSA in any isolates which are not susceptible or which possess the mecA gene.
The latest available figures are that 658 bovine S. aureus isolates from cases of clinical disease in cattle in England and Wales (mainly cases of mastitis for which milk samples are collected) have been tested and no MRSA isolates have been detected.
Livestock: Transport
(2) what devices for supplying liquid to un-weaned calves are in use on livestock vehicles to enable them to be given liquid on board the vehicle after nine hours travel; and if he will make a statement.
DEFRA has funded many research projects into the welfare aspects of animal transportation. Of these, there has been one specific project assessing the devices installed in vehicles to provide liquid to un-weaned calves. This study confirmed that calves can use mechanical systems to satisfy their fluid requirements, but may need time to become familiar with such systems.
All member states are required to approve vehicles for long journeys. This approval involves an assessment of the vehicle equipment for providing water to animals. In the UK, there is a detailed checklist to ensure an inspector systematically assesses and thoroughly checks the vehicle and equipment, including the means of provision of feed and water.
Vehicles must be equipped with a water supply from which the attendant can provide water instantly when needed. Watering devices must be of suitable design, be positioned for access to water by each animal, and carry a water supply of a capacity 1.5 per cent. of that of the maximum payload. Attendants must be able to check the water level of the tank, and drain and clean it after the journey.
There are a wide range of devices used on livestock vehicles to provide liquid to un-weaned calves. At a basic level there are systems with buckets or bowls which can be fixed at a suitable height to ensure they are not overturned. Troughs are used on some vehicles, which are either fixed in place or fitted temporarily at the appropriate rest period. There are also more elaborate systems with nipple drinkers and other variations which allow calves to obtain liquid.
No particular mode of delivery is specified in Regulation 1/2005EC. It does, however, require that water and feed be presented in a way that minimises contamination and that due regard is paid to the need of animals to become accustomed to the mode of feeding and watering.
Animal Health assesses vehicles at markets, during roadside checks, at ports and at supervised loadings. If suitable equipment is not carried on a vehicle the journey can be prevented by the service of a notice requiring the correction of the problem, or additional requirements before the journey is started. The type and number of water delivery mechanisms, their height and location within the vehicle, and the calves' familiarity with them are assessed.
Animal Health also issues and approves journey logs as required by Regulation 1/2005EC and ensures that any failure to comply with the welfare aspects of the legislation are investigated. When appropriate, enforcement action is considered, together with notification of the non-compliance to the appropriate member state if the transporter is registered outside Great Britain.
Members: Correspondence
I apologise for the delay. A reply was sent on 10 July 2007.
Meteorology: Manpower
My right hon. Friend the Secretary of State for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs has had no discussions with the Secretary of State for (a) Innovation, Universities and Skills or (b) Defence.
Nanotechnology
(2) when the Government plans to review the merits of the Voluntary Reporting Scheme for engineered nanoscale materials; and what the timescale is for such a review.
My Department launched the UK Voluntary Reporting Scheme for engineered nanoscale materials in September 2006. To date (July 2007) we have received a total of nine submissions, seven from industry and two from academia.
We have been working with a variety of stakeholders to encourage further awareness and uptake of the Scheme. Regular updates on the Scheme are presented to the Nanotechnologies Stakeholder Forum which meets quarterly; the Nanotechnology Industries Association (NIA) and the European Nanotechnology Trade Alliance (ENTA) have raised the Scheme with their members and have offered assistance with completion of the paperwork; and we are addressing the research community via the Research Councils.
We have also been seeking additional advice on ways in which we may improve participation. The UK Advisory Committee for Hazardous substances (ACHS) recently reviewed the Scheme and made suggestions for clarifying the guidance for participants, particularly in defining how the data submitted will be used and what information might be relevant. My Officials will take these recommendations forward. We are also working with international partners, including members of the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) Working Party on Manufactured Nanomaterials to share experiences of implementation of similar Schemes.
The Voluntary Reporting Scheme is intended to operate for two years. Therefore my Department will undertake a thorough review of the process in September 2008.
The Government responded to the Council for Science and Technology’s review of its progress on nanotechnologies policies on 17 May 2007.
Funding for research into potential Environment, Health and Safety impacts of Nanomaterials is co-ordinated across Government Departments, their Agencies and the Research Councils through the Nanotechnology Research Coordination Group. Direct funding from Departments up to the end of 2006 amounted to around £13 million. This was supported by responsive mode funding through the Research Councils’ Interdisciplinary Research Collaboration on Nanotechnology of £19.8 million between 2002 and 2007.
At this stage there are no plans to increase funding levels however, in order to maximise the use of available funding, my Department is working to achieve greater cooperation and collaboration between the above funding bodies and will seek more joint working with the nanotechnologies industries. DEFRA is working closely with the Research Councils to influence more funding in ‘directed mode’, in an approach similar to that adopted by the DEFRA co-funded Environmental Nanoscience Initiative and we will be working with the Department for Innovation Universities and Skills’ Technology Strategy Board and National Measurement Systems Programme to identify further opportunities. In this way we would seek to encourage the development and safe use of nanotechnologies in universities and the nanotechnologies industries.
National Fruit Collection
A number of letters have been received from the Friends of Brogdale. These representations support retaining the collections at Brogdale.
Office of Climate Change: Manpower
There are 29.6 full-time equivalent staff currently in post. It is our policy not to comment on staff grades where individuals could be identified.
As at 30 June 2007, the Office of Climate Change is employing three temporary staff. It has also employed two consultants on a part-time basis over the past four months. No contractors have been employed.
Office of Climate Change: Publications
The Office of Climate Change (OCC) published the Draft Climate Change Bill in March 2007 (Cm 7040). This was accompanied by “A brief summary of the scientific case for action”, following the OCC’s audit of UK analysis on climate change. This document was placed in the House Libraries.
As part of its role in providing internal advice to Ministers, the OCC produces various documents and reports. The OCC is in the process of setting up a website where appropriate documentation will be published.
Recycling: Schools
No specific funding has been provided by my Department for school recycling projects in London. If recycling services are provided to schools, these would be funded directly by the local authority.
However, the Waste and Resources Action Programme, which is funded by DEFRA, is developing a programme of support for schools as part of its ‘Recycle Now’ campaign aimed at helping them minimise, reuse, recycle and compost their waste.
DEFRA also provides financial support for the operation of Eco-Schools, an international programme developed by the Foundation of Environmental Education (FEE) and managed in England by Environmental Campaigns (ENCAMS). Eco-Schools promotes environmental awareness around nine main themes, one of which is waste minimisation and recycling. DEFRA will be providing a total of £65,000 for Eco-schools in 2007-08. £100,000 is also provided from non-grant sources, mainly from other sponsorship.
Shellfish: Colchester
Following a constructive meeting in May between officials and representatives of the applicant group, an announcement regarding the next stage of this process was expected to be made in June.
However, officials are still waiting for further information from the applicant, including confirmation of the exact geographical area for the production of this product.
Squirrels
The website www.squirrels.info was brought to the attention of Natural England some months ago. Natural England sent an e-mail to the website on 23 March 2007 to make them aware of their legal responsibilities under the Destructive Imported Animals Act 1932 and the Wildlife and Countryside Act 1981 (as amended). They have since responded, indicating that they no longer ‘take in’ squirrels and apologised for giving an incorrect impression through their outdated website. A further e-mail has been sent by Natural England to the website asking for clarification as it is not completely clear that they no longer do so. The licensing application process which can allow the legal captivity of grey squirrels has been explained to them.
DEFRA and Natural England do not have the power to take action, or indeed prosecute anyone regarding the possible failure to apply for licences to possess and release grey squirrels. This is the responsibility of the police, who are the primary enforcement agency of the Wildlife and Countryside Act 1981. Natural England have already referred this matter to the Wildlife Crime Officer (WCO) of Hampshire police.
The England Squirrel Forum has responsibility for co-ordinating the delivery of those parts of the Red Squirrel Species Action Plan (RSSAP) that relate to England. The forum is made up of representatives from conservation bodies, woodland management organisations and woodland owners and is chaired by the Forestry Commission.
The RSSAP is being implemented through a broad partnership of Government, statutory conservation agencies and the private and voluntary sectors.
Implementation of the RSSAP is not the same in all regions as the threat to red squirrel populations, where they remain, is different across the country. For example in the south east, where there are secure populations of red squirrel on the Isle of Wight and Poole Harbour Islands, the focus is on ensuring that grey squirrels do not arrive on the islands and are controlled if they do. In northern England the focus of attention is on 16 reserves designated for red squirrels and preventing or reducing the impact of grey squirrels in these areas. Delivery here depends on a combination of factors including the level of engagement of the private and voluntary sectors.
Water: Conservation
(2) if he will estimate the (a) increase over the last decade and (b) predicted future increase over the next decade of the number of (i) swimming pools, (ii) jacuzzi and other water spa pools and (iii) decorative domestic water features and ponds; and what assessment he has made of the likely impact of these changes on per capita demand for water.
The Government’s Market Transformation Programme (MTP) allows us to assess the impact of a range of products on water use, including toilets, taps, showers and baths. The MTP is also undertaking a scoping study to determine which other products use significant amounts of water. This will include an assessment of the amount of water consumption associated with swimming pools, hot tubs and spa baths. There is currently no evidence to show that ornamental garden water features involve significant levels of water consumption.
The MTP will shortly be setting out, for public consultation, the Government’s current evidence and analysis on showers. This consultation is part of a wider annual review and policy development process, supporting delivery of the Government’s objectives for energy, water and for sustainable consumption and production.
The paper includes indicative targets and eco-design standards for showers which are sold and used in the UK. The MTP work indicates that if no new policy actions are taken, and current underlying trends continue, water consumption by showers is expected to rise by 48 per cent. by 2020 compared to the 2006 baseline. The policy actions proposed in the document show how this projected increase can be constrained.
Water: Fees and Charges
This research is looking at the distributional impacts of a range of measured and unmeasured tariffs and has involved a large number of organisations. The public sector organisations that have been involved in this work are DEFRA, Ofwat, the Consumer Council for Water and HM Treasury. Private sector companies include the water companies of England and Wales and their research organisation UK Water Industry Research (UKWIR). The contractors carrying out this work are ICF consulting with assistance from WRc.
Home Department
Alcoholic Drinks: Misuse
Data on the number of defendants aged 10 to 17 years who were found guilty at all courts for the offence of being drunk and disorderly, broken down by gender and London court area for the years 1996-2005, are provided in the table.
Additionally, suspects age 16 or over may be issued with a Penalty Notice Disorder (PND) for drunk and disorderly behaviour. Paying the penalty discharges all liability to conviction of the offence.
In Greater London there were 51 PNDs issued to males aged 16 to 17 in 2004 for being drunk and disorderly in a public place, with four issued to females. These figures rose to 74 for males and 10 for females in 2005. Detailed information on court proceedings including convictions, cautions and PNDs for 2006 will be published in the autumn of 2007.
Male London court area 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 City of London police Guildhall Justice Rooms — — 1 — — — — — — — Total City of London police — — 1 — — — — — — — Metropolitan police Inner London Bow Street — — — 1 — — — — — — Camberwell Green/Tower Bridge — — 1 2 — 2 6 2 1 1 Greenwich and Woolwich 1 — 1 — — — — — — — Highbury Corner — — — — — — — — — — South Western — — — — 2 2 3 — — — Thames — — — — 1 2 1 3 2 — West London — — 1 4 1 3 6 4 5 — Inner London Juvenile Courts 5 — 1 — — — — — — — Outer London Barking and Dagenham 1 4 — — 1 — 2 5 1 — Barnet — — — 1 — 2 3 — — — Bexley 3 2 1 1 5 1 3 10 3 1 Brent 1 1 2 — 2 2 — 2 — — Bromley — 2 — — 2 11 4 5 1 1 Croydon — 3 1 3 5 2 2 3 2 — Ealing — 1 — 1 — — — 2 3 1 Enfield — — — — — — — — 1 1 Haringey 1 1 — — 2 — — 1 — — Harrow — — — — — 1 — 2 — — Havering 2 1 3 2 1 4 9 7 7 — Hillingdon — — 4 2 4 5 5 3 7 1 Hounslow 2 4 4 2 2 2 1 2 2 — Kingston-upon-Thames 1 4 — 1 2 3 2 4 1 3 Merton 6 3 1 3 — 7 4 2 2 — Newham — — — — — 1 — 2 — — Redbridge 3 1 — 1 — — — — — — Richmond upon Thames 1 1 2 8 5 11 2 — 3 — Sutton 1 2 3 4 5 2 3 2 — 3 Waltham Forest 1 1 — — — — — — 1 — Total Metropolitan police 29 31 25 36 40 63 56 61 42 12 Total Greater London 29 31 26 36 40 63 56 61 42 12
London court area 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 City of London police Guildhall Justice Rooms — — — — — — — — — — — Total City of London police — — — — — — — — — — — Metropolitan police Inner London Bow Street — — — — — — — — — — — Camberwell Green/Tower Bridge — — — 1 — — — — — 1 1 Greenwich and Woolwich — — — — — — — — — — — Highbury Corner — — — — — — — — 1 — — South Western — — 1 — — — — — — — — Thames — — — — — — — — — — — West London — — — — — 1 — — — — — Inner London Juvenile Courts — — — — — — — — — — — Outer London Barking and Dagenham — — — — — — — — — — — Barnet — — — — — — 1 3 — — — Bexley — — — — 2 — — 1 2 1 — Brent — — — — — — — — — — — Bromley — 1 — — — — — — — — 2 Croydon — — 1 — — — — — — — — Ealing — — — — — — — — — — — Enfield — — — — — — — — — — — Haringey — — — — — — — 1 — — 1 Harrow — — — — — — — — — 1 — Havering — — — 1 — — 1 — 1 — 1 Hillingdon 1 — — — — 2 1 — 1 1 — Hounslow — — — — — — — 1 — — — Kingston-upon-Thames — — — — — — — — 2 1 — Merton — — — — — 1 — — — 2 — Newham — — — — — — — — — — — Redbridge — — — — — — — — — — — Richmond upon Thames — — — — 1 — — — — 1 — Sutton — — — — — 1 — — 1 1 2 Waltham Forest — — — — — — — — — — — Total Metropolitan police 1 1 2 2 3 5 3 6 8 9 7 Total Greater London 1 1 2 2 3 5 3 6 8 9 7 1 Source: Court proceedings database—Office for Criminal Justice Reform. 2 These data are provided on the principal offence basis. 3 Every effort is made to ensure that the figures presented are accurate and complete. However, it is important to note that these data have been extracted from large administrative data systems generated by police forces. As a consequence, care should be taken to ensure data collection processes and their inevitable limitations are taken into account when those data are used.
Information on charging is not held centrally.
Information on the number of males and females prosecuted, and convicted for (A) drunk and disorderly behaviour, (B) driving after consuming alcohol or taking drugs and (C) causing death by dangerous driving when under the influence of drink or drugs in each London borough, for the years 2001 to 2005 can be viewed in tables A to C respectively.
In addition, penalty notices for disorder (PNDs) may be issued for the offence of being drunk and disorderly. No admission of guilt is required and payment of the penalty discharges all liability to conviction of the offence.
PND data held centrally are at Metropolitan and City of London Police Force area level only. The number of PNDs issued in these two areas for being drunk and disorderly was 3,928 to males and 499 to females in 2004, and 2,768 to males and 392 to females in 2005.
Detailed information on court proceedings including convictions, cautions and PNDs for 2006 will be published in the autumn of 2007.
Male Prosecuted Found guilty London borough 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 Guildhall Justice Rooms 39 51 60 49 46 23 38 43 43 38 Bow Street 262 701 610 147 63 217 590 534 140 57 Camberwell Green/Tower Bridge 31 51 80 42 58 23 43 66 26 46 Greenwich and Woolwich 37 117 84 41 35 35 112 80 33 32 Highbury Corner 24 32 106 62 45 16 30 95 52 37 Horseferry Road 139 276 259 181 207 124 239 229 161 178 Marylebone 2 3 2 2 1 2 2 2 1 1 South Western 23 25 38 13 15 20 21 28 10 13 Thames 21 41 44 25 26 18 31 37 21 21 West London 90 151 166 77 68 72 119 116 61 55 Inner London Juvenile Courts 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Barking and Dagenham 13 24 38 8 8 9 17 29 8 8 Barnet 10 21 24 11 10 9 15 22 9 9 Bexley 13 28 105 41 7 9 24 73 28 5 Brent 22 26 37 24 23 16 21 29 19 20 Bromley 85 87 78 29 10 61 69 68 18 8 Croydon 147 115 34 38 7 82 69 28 27 7 Ealing 26 75 36 40 18 23 62 33 35 14 Enfield 23 7 11 11 10 18 5 7 7 6 Haringey 8 22 25 14 8 6 15 19 11 7 Harrow 17 23 16 15 9 13 18 14 10 7 Havering 65 85 62 39 10 57 74 57 33 7 Hillingdon 63 79 72 32 31 54 70 62 27 26 Hounslow 42 52 38 35 19 29 39 30 28 15 Kingston-upon-Thames 31 22 34 15 16 26 20 24 15 15 Merton 41 35 61 32 4 40 34 51 28 4 Newham 23 35 23 20 32 17 23 20 17 29 Redbridge 8 34 23 9 7 7 28 21 7 6 Richmond upon Thames 40 45 35 14 14 38 33 20 11 10 Sutton 57 59 82 24 12 48 51 72 23 8 Waltham Forest 2 5 8 6 6 1 5 8 6 6 Total 1,404 2,327 2,291 1,096 825 1,113 1,917 1,917 915 695
FemaleProsecutedFound guiltyLondon borough200120022003200420052001200220032004 2005Guildhall Justice Rooms52104550625Bow Street234851229203638199Camberwell Green/Tower Bridge23810801537Greenwich and Woolwich21052929516Highbury Corner5918108461786 Horseferry Road21292817161624221016Marylebone0020000000South Western2224012230Thames3331431112West London 792013143514914Inner London Juvenile Courts0000000000Barking and Dagenham 1021000110Barnet45 71144711Bexley0245002240Brent1244102431Bromley8111444391034Croydon111152187321Ealing3422424123Enfield0122301222Haringey2333123331Harrow2202202021Havering15113212832Hillingdon6765264442Hounslow3503232012Kingston-upon-Thames1343112420Merton5187241452Newham124330124316Redbridge0131101311Richmond upon Thames3172130621Sutton88103386723Waltham Forest1020000200Total131189245139134100138185102108 1 These data are on the principal offence basis.2 Every effort is made to ensure that the figures presented are accurate and complete. However, it is important to note that these data have been extracted from large administrative data systems generated by the courts and police forces. As a consequence, care should be taken to ensure data collection processes and their inevitable limitations are taken into account when those data are used.3 Statute for offence is as follows:The Criminal Justice Act 1967 Sec.914 Source: Court proceedings database—Office for Criminal Justice ReformSource: RDS Office for Criminal Justice Reform—Ministry of JusticeOur ref: IOS 290-07 [Table A]
Male Prosecuted Found guilty London borough 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 Guildhall Justice Rooms 139 207 197 151 183 129 181 187 130 152 Bow Street 145 197 235 202 174 134 187 216 183 160 Camberwell Green/Tower Bridge 866 955 984 1,014 983 753 871 904 935 936 Greenwich and Woolwich 851 821 845 713 745 769 747 782 684 689 Highbury Corner 547 579 553 603 563 482 504 487 541 527 Horseferry Road 347 349 289 297 308 303 314 253 267 292 Marylebone 20 39 32 47 21 12 25 20 33 19 South Western 340 421 398 318 291 303 371 362 289 283 Thames 552 647 614 561 643 501 588 549 521 594 West London 541 591 576 524 525 491 535 517 469 468 Inner London Juvenile Courts 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Barking and Dagenham 260 362 388 299 291 246 332 346 279 268 Barnet 339 337 312 345 316 315 302 291 325 299 Bexley 285 314 241 249 207 259 290 224 228 196 Brent 483 520 538 433 428 404 458 488 392 395 Bromley 307 332 347 360 359 273 302 319 332 333 Croydon 401 470 429 448 437 382 415 377 386 384 Ealing 535 741 583 607 523 468 664 513 543 488 Enfield 376 353 304 323 314 331 308 267 286 270 Haringey 396 425 412 464 419 339 393 367 432 396 Harrow 232 233 240 287 254 203 210 223 262 235 Havering 230 293 264 328 267 206 264 239 310 255 Hillingdon 377 426 479 462 467 311 386 394 438 447 Hounslow 313 357 294 337 374 255 308 256 313 341 Kingston-upon-Thames 254 269 223 281 246 230 239 205 263 240 Merton 221 236 248 271 244 215 227 238 262 237 Newham 403 489 554 507 638 325 418 456 468 574 Redbridge 303 306 337 360 305 279 274 292 325 292 Richmond upon Thames 205 312 272 233 204 185 286 247 222 187 Sutton 242 243 205 231 188 215 215 185 219 173 Waltham Forest 273 350 353 285 286 239 317 316 267 268 Total 10,792 12,174 11,746 11,540 11,183 9,557 10,931 10,520 10,604 10,398
Prosecuted Found guilty London borough 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 Guildhall Justice Rooms 18 28 20 15 12 18 27 20 15 11 Bow Street 16 22 23 29 21 16 22 21 28 20 Camberwell Green/Tower Bridge 75 84 108 90 107 66 76 93 74 102 Greenwich and Woolwich 75 85 89 94 73 66 79 86 86 69 Highbury Corner 56 77 73 76 73 47 70 61 70 68 Horseferry Road 48 51 48 48 48 45 47 46 43 43 Marylebone 2 — 6 4 5 2 — 4 2 5 South Western 53 54 46 48 32 46 50 43 47 32 Thames 48 55 45 47 31 40 50 43 45 29 West London 80 92 80 101 95 78 84 73 93 85 Inner London Juvenile Courts 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Barking and Dagenham 7 27 22 20 19 7 26 22 20 18 Barnet 42 45 41 35 42 38 41 38 32 38 Bexley 35 37 29 30 33 31 35 25 28 29 Brent 43 29 31 39 18 41 26 28 37 17 Bromley 33 44 53 67 60 30 42 49 63 57 Croydon 47 58 51 60 64 45 55 46 48 58 Ealing 32 61 33 36 36 28 59 31 34 33 Enfield 33 39 28 39 34 31 31 26 38 31 Haringey 31 34 33 42 49 28 26 30 39 49 Harrow 25 17 25 29 13 23 17 22 27 13 Havering 25 23 36 28 51 20 21 32 27 51 Hillingdon 37 50 44 48 44 29 44 41 46 43 Hounslow 22 41 32 33 40 18 37 27 29 38 Kingston-upon-Thames 35 27 29 37 48 31 24 28 33 45 Merton 28 27 25 43 34 26 24 25 42 32 Newham 26 23 23 25 28 22 20 20 22 26 Redbridge 30 26 34 33 19 28 24 31 33 19 Richmond upon Thames 20 29 39 46 32 19 26 36 45 31 Sutton 32 33 25 36 30 27 31 23 34 27 Waltham Forest 22 20 28 25 21 20 18 23 24 20 Total 1,076 1,238 1,199 1,303 1,212 966 1,132 1,093 1,204 1,139 1 These data are on the principal offence basis. 2 Every effort is made to ensure that the Figures presented are accurate and complete. However, it is important to note that these data have been extracted from large administrative data systems generated by the courts and police forces. As a consequence, care should be taken to ensure data collection processes and their inevitable limitations are taken into account when those data are used. 3 Statutes are as follows: The Road Traffic Act 1988 Sections4(l), 4(2), 5(l)(a),5(l)(b),6(4),7(6), and 7a as added by the Police Reform Act 2002 5.56, S.57. Transport and Works Act 1992 S.31A as added by Police Reform Act 2002 S.58(4). 4 Offences under the Acts are as follows: Driving or attempting to drive a motor vehicle whilst unfit through drink or drugs (impairment) only to be used where it is unclear whether it is drink or drugs—see 803/09 or 803/10. Driving or attempting to drive a motor vehicle while having a breath, blood or urine alcohol concentration in excess of the prescribed limit. Driving or attempting to drive a motor vehicle and failing to without reasonable excuse provide a specimen for a laboratory test or 2 specimens for analysis of breath. Being in charge of a mechanically propelled vehicle while unfit to drive through drink or drugs, (impairment) only to be used where it is unclear whether it is drink or drugs—see 803/11 or 803/12 In charge of a motor vehicle while having a breath, blood or urine alcohol concentration in excess of the prescribed limit. In charge of a motor vehicle and failing without reasonable excuse to provide a specimen for a laboratory test or two specimens for analysis of breath. Failing without reasonable excuse to provide a specimen of breath for a preliminary test. Failing to allow specimen of blood to be subjected to laboratory test. Driving or attempting to drive a motor vehicle while unfit through drink or drugs (impairment) Drink Driving or attempting to drive a motor vehicle while unfit through drink or drugs (impairment) Drugs Being in charge of a mechanically propelled vehicle while unfit to drive through drink or drugs. (Impairment) Drink Being in charge of a mechanically propelled vehicle while unfit to drive through drink or drugs, (impairment) Drugs 5 Source: Court proceedings database—Office for Criminal Justice Reform Source: RDS Office for Criminal Justice Reform—Ministry of Justice Our ref: IOS 290-07 [Table B]
Male Prosecuted Found guilty London borough 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 Camberwell Green/Tower Bridge 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 Greenwich and Woolwich 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 Highbury Corner 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Horseferry Road 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 Marylebone 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Thames 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 West London 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 Barnet 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 Bexley 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 Brent 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Bromley 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Croydon 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 Ealing 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 Enfield 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 Haringey 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 Harrow 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 Havering 1 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 1 1 Hillingdon 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 Hounslow 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 Merton 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Newham 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Redbridge 1 0 0 0 0 2 0 0 0 0 Richmond upon Thames 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Waltham Forest 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 Total 4 1 2 3 2 3 2 4 6 6
Prosecuted Found guilty London borough 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 Camberwell Green/Tower Bridge 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Greenwich and Woolwich 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Highbury Corner 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 Horseferry Road 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Marylebone 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Thames 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 West London 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Barnet 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Bexley 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Brent 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Bromley 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 Croydon 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Ealing 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Enfield 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Haringey 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Harrow 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Havering 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Hillingdon 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Hounslow 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Merton 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Newham 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Redbridge 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Richmond upon Thames 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Waltham Forest 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Total 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 These data are on the principal offence basis. 2 Every effort is made to ensure that the figures presented are accurate and complete. However, it is important to note that these data have been extracted from large administrative data systems generated by the courts and police forces. As a consequence, care should be taken to ensure data collection processes and their inevitable limitations are taken into account when those data are used. 3 Statute is as follows: The Road Traffic Act 1988 Sec 3A as added by the Road Traffic Act 1991 Sec 3 and amended by CJA 1993, Sec 67. 4 Source: Court proceedings database—Office for Criminal Justice Reform Source: RDS Office for Criminal Justice Reform—Ministry of Justice Our ref: IOS 290-07 [Table C]
Animal Experiments
The licensing system under the Animals (Scientific procedures) Act 1986 is demand-led and provides the Home Office, as regulator, with no mechanism for reducing animal use. Instead the Act requires that the procedures authorised must cause the minimum possible suffering to the smallest number of animals of the least sentience. The Act also requires that, before a project licence is issued, we must weigh the benefits to humans, other animals, or the environment against the costs to the animals involved. A licence cannot be granted if the work could be carried out without using animals. The overall amount of animal research which takes place is determined by a number of factors, including the economic climate and global trends in scientific endeavour.
We are, however, fully committed to encouraging the development and use of alternatives to animal experimentation where this is possible. The establishment of the national Centre for the Replacement, Refinement and Reduction of Animals in Research (NC3Rs) by the Government in May 2004 and continued contributions to its funding by the Home Office demonstrates our ongoing commitment in this area. The NC3Rs provides the opportunity to co-ordinate and stimulate research and good practice in the 3Rs (reduction, replacement and refinement). It is able to fund high-quality research and facilitate the exchange of information and ideas, the identification of knowledge gaps, and the translation of research findings into practice to benefit both animals and science. The Centre submits an annual report to the Minister for Science and Innovation on its activities and that report is available on their website at www.nc3rs.org.
Animal Welfare
There have been no recent discussions held between Ministers and Animal Concern or the Royal Society for the Protection of Birds (RSPB) concerning animal welfare matters.
Officials from the Home Office have had discussions with People for the Ethical Treatment of Animals (PETA) on matters relating to animal welfare within the context of the use of animals in scientific procedures. These topics have, for example included, discussions on regulatory testing and the use of rodents in carcinogenicity (cancer) studies, the use of non-human primates in testing and research; and a number of matters relevant to the ongoing revision of European Directive 86/609/EEC which is transposed into United Kingdom law through Animals (Scientific Procedures) Act 1986.
Animal Welfare: Protests
(2) if she will make a statement on the Government's policy on tackling animal rights extremism.
The Government are committed to eradicating the threat of animal rights extremism and have in place a robust inter-departmental strategy to achieve this. The strategy is centred on an improved law enforcement approach, with additional resources provided to the police to tackle animal rights extremism, a central team set-up to drive forward police action nationally and legislation enacted to protect animal research organisations. The result has been a significant fall in illegal extremist activity, and many significant convictions of animal rights extremists in the past 18 months, with others awaiting sentence and other major investigations ongoing. The Government will maintain pressure on animal rights extremists and, in co-operation with law enforcement agencies and extremist targets, will continue to develop protective measures against the extremist threat.
While the Government are clear that cruelty to animal is unacceptable, it is equally clear that the targets of animal rights extremism in the vast majority of cases are involved in wholly lawful activities. The UK bioscience and medical research sector, the main target of animal rights extremists, complies with the most rigorous regime in the world for animal testing, designed to minimise suffering and ensure the highest welfare standards, and is at the forefront of developing new medicines and treatments for life-threatening conditions including cancer, malaria and cystic fibrosis.
We do not normally comment on organisations which are not on the list of proscribed terrorist organisations. The sufficiency of the list is kept under review.
Antisocial Behaviour Orders
(2) what the current breach rate is of antisocial behaviour orders.